John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===- ObjCARC.cpp - ObjC ARC Optimization --------------------------------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
| 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
| 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This file defines ObjC ARC optimizations. ARC stands for |
| 11 | // Automatic Reference Counting and is a system for managing reference counts |
| 12 | // for objects in Objective C. |
| 13 | // |
| 14 | // The optimizations performed include elimination of redundant, partially |
| 15 | // redundant, and inconsequential reference count operations, elimination of |
| 16 | // redundant weak pointer operations, pattern-matching and replacement of |
| 17 | // low-level operations into higher-level operations, and numerous minor |
| 18 | // simplifications. |
| 19 | // |
| 20 | // This file also defines a simple ARC-aware AliasAnalysis. |
| 21 | // |
| 22 | // WARNING: This file knows about certain library functions. It recognizes them |
Chris Lattner | 55dc5c7 | 2012-05-27 19:37:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | // by name, and hardwires knowledge of their semantics. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | // |
| 25 | // WARNING: This file knows about how certain Objective-C library functions are |
| 26 | // used. Naive LLVM IR transformations which would otherwise be |
| 27 | // behavior-preserving may break these assumptions. |
| 28 | // |
| 29 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 30 | |
| 31 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "objc-arc" |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" |
Chandler Carruth | d04a8d4 | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 58a2cbe | 2013-01-02 10:22:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" |
Chandler Carruth | d04a8d4 | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 35 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 36 | using namespace llvm; |
| 37 | |
| 38 | // A handy option to enable/disable all optimizations in this file. |
| 39 | static cl::opt<bool> EnableARCOpts("enable-objc-arc-opts", cl::init(true)); |
| 40 | |
| 41 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 42 | // Misc. Utilities |
| 43 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 44 | |
| 45 | namespace { |
| 46 | /// MapVector - An associative container with fast insertion-order |
| 47 | /// (deterministic) iteration over its elements. Plus the special |
| 48 | /// blot operation. |
| 49 | template<class KeyT, class ValueT> |
| 50 | class MapVector { |
| 51 | /// Map - Map keys to indices in Vector. |
| 52 | typedef DenseMap<KeyT, size_t> MapTy; |
| 53 | MapTy Map; |
| 54 | |
| 55 | /// Vector - Keys and values. |
| 56 | typedef std::vector<std::pair<KeyT, ValueT> > VectorTy; |
| 57 | VectorTy Vector; |
| 58 | |
| 59 | public: |
| 60 | typedef typename VectorTy::iterator iterator; |
| 61 | typedef typename VectorTy::const_iterator const_iterator; |
| 62 | iterator begin() { return Vector.begin(); } |
| 63 | iterator end() { return Vector.end(); } |
| 64 | const_iterator begin() const { return Vector.begin(); } |
| 65 | const_iterator end() const { return Vector.end(); } |
| 66 | |
| 67 | #ifdef XDEBUG |
| 68 | ~MapVector() { |
| 69 | assert(Vector.size() >= Map.size()); // May differ due to blotting. |
| 70 | for (typename MapTy::const_iterator I = Map.begin(), E = Map.end(); |
| 71 | I != E; ++I) { |
| 72 | assert(I->second < Vector.size()); |
| 73 | assert(Vector[I->second].first == I->first); |
| 74 | } |
| 75 | for (typename VectorTy::const_iterator I = Vector.begin(), |
| 76 | E = Vector.end(); I != E; ++I) |
| 77 | assert(!I->first || |
| 78 | (Map.count(I->first) && |
| 79 | Map[I->first] == size_t(I - Vector.begin()))); |
| 80 | } |
| 81 | #endif |
| 82 | |
Dan Gohman | 22cc4cc | 2012-03-02 01:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 | ValueT &operator[](const KeyT &Arg) { |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 84 | std::pair<typename MapTy::iterator, bool> Pair = |
| 85 | Map.insert(std::make_pair(Arg, size_t(0))); |
| 86 | if (Pair.second) { |
Dan Gohman | 22cc4cc | 2012-03-02 01:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 | size_t Num = Vector.size(); |
| 88 | Pair.first->second = Num; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | Vector.push_back(std::make_pair(Arg, ValueT())); |
Dan Gohman | 22cc4cc | 2012-03-02 01:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | return Vector[Num].second; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 91 | } |
| 92 | return Vector[Pair.first->second].second; |
| 93 | } |
| 94 | |
| 95 | std::pair<iterator, bool> |
| 96 | insert(const std::pair<KeyT, ValueT> &InsertPair) { |
| 97 | std::pair<typename MapTy::iterator, bool> Pair = |
| 98 | Map.insert(std::make_pair(InsertPair.first, size_t(0))); |
| 99 | if (Pair.second) { |
Dan Gohman | 22cc4cc | 2012-03-02 01:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 100 | size_t Num = Vector.size(); |
| 101 | Pair.first->second = Num; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 102 | Vector.push_back(InsertPair); |
Dan Gohman | 22cc4cc | 2012-03-02 01:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 103 | return std::make_pair(Vector.begin() + Num, true); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 104 | } |
| 105 | return std::make_pair(Vector.begin() + Pair.first->second, false); |
| 106 | } |
| 107 | |
Dan Gohman | 22cc4cc | 2012-03-02 01:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | const_iterator find(const KeyT &Key) const { |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 109 | typename MapTy::const_iterator It = Map.find(Key); |
| 110 | if (It == Map.end()) return Vector.end(); |
| 111 | return Vector.begin() + It->second; |
| 112 | } |
| 113 | |
| 114 | /// blot - This is similar to erase, but instead of removing the element |
| 115 | /// from the vector, it just zeros out the key in the vector. This leaves |
| 116 | /// iterators intact, but clients must be prepared for zeroed-out keys when |
| 117 | /// iterating. |
Dan Gohman | 22cc4cc | 2012-03-02 01:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 118 | void blot(const KeyT &Key) { |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | typename MapTy::iterator It = Map.find(Key); |
| 120 | if (It == Map.end()) return; |
| 121 | Vector[It->second].first = KeyT(); |
| 122 | Map.erase(It); |
| 123 | } |
| 124 | |
| 125 | void clear() { |
| 126 | Map.clear(); |
| 127 | Vector.clear(); |
| 128 | } |
| 129 | }; |
| 130 | } |
| 131 | |
| 132 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 133 | // ARC Utilities. |
| 134 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 135 | |
Chandler Carruth | d04a8d4 | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 136 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h" |
| 137 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 0b8c9a8 | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 138 | #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h" |
| 139 | #include "llvm/IR/Module.h" |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 | #include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h" |
Chandler Carruth | d04a8d4 | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 141 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h" |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | namespace { |
| 144 | /// InstructionClass - A simple classification for instructions. |
| 145 | enum InstructionClass { |
| 146 | IC_Retain, ///< objc_retain |
| 147 | IC_RetainRV, ///< objc_retainAutoreleasedReturnValue |
| 148 | IC_RetainBlock, ///< objc_retainBlock |
| 149 | IC_Release, ///< objc_release |
| 150 | IC_Autorelease, ///< objc_autorelease |
| 151 | IC_AutoreleaseRV, ///< objc_autoreleaseReturnValue |
| 152 | IC_AutoreleasepoolPush, ///< objc_autoreleasePoolPush |
| 153 | IC_AutoreleasepoolPop, ///< objc_autoreleasePoolPop |
| 154 | IC_NoopCast, ///< objc_retainedObject, etc. |
| 155 | IC_FusedRetainAutorelease, ///< objc_retainAutorelease |
| 156 | IC_FusedRetainAutoreleaseRV, ///< objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue |
| 157 | IC_LoadWeakRetained, ///< objc_loadWeakRetained (primitive) |
| 158 | IC_StoreWeak, ///< objc_storeWeak (primitive) |
| 159 | IC_InitWeak, ///< objc_initWeak (derived) |
| 160 | IC_LoadWeak, ///< objc_loadWeak (derived) |
| 161 | IC_MoveWeak, ///< objc_moveWeak (derived) |
| 162 | IC_CopyWeak, ///< objc_copyWeak (derived) |
| 163 | IC_DestroyWeak, ///< objc_destroyWeak (derived) |
Dan Gohman | 4423477 | 2012-04-13 18:28:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | IC_StoreStrong, ///< objc_storeStrong (derived) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | IC_CallOrUser, ///< could call objc_release and/or "use" pointers |
| 166 | IC_Call, ///< could call objc_release |
| 167 | IC_User, ///< could "use" a pointer |
| 168 | IC_None ///< anything else |
| 169 | }; |
| 170 | } |
| 171 | |
| 172 | /// IsPotentialUse - Test whether the given value is possible a |
| 173 | /// reference-counted pointer. |
| 174 | static bool IsPotentialUse(const Value *Op) { |
| 175 | // Pointers to static or stack storage are not reference-counted pointers. |
| 176 | if (isa<Constant>(Op) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op)) |
| 177 | return false; |
| 178 | // Special arguments are not reference-counted. |
| 179 | if (const Argument *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(Op)) |
| 180 | if (Arg->hasByValAttr() || |
| 181 | Arg->hasNestAttr() || |
| 182 | Arg->hasStructRetAttr()) |
| 183 | return false; |
Dan Gohman | f9096e4 | 2011-12-14 19:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | // Only consider values with pointer types. |
| 185 | // It seemes intuitive to exclude function pointer types as well, since |
| 186 | // functions are never reference-counted, however clang occasionally |
| 187 | // bitcasts reference-counted pointers to function-pointer type |
| 188 | // temporarily. |
Chris Lattner | db125cf | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | PointerType *Ty = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Op->getType()); |
Dan Gohman | f9096e4 | 2011-12-14 19:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 190 | if (!Ty) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 191 | return false; |
| 192 | // Conservatively assume anything else is a potential use. |
| 193 | return true; |
| 194 | } |
| 195 | |
| 196 | /// GetCallSiteClass - Helper for GetInstructionClass. Determines what kind |
| 197 | /// of construct CS is. |
| 198 | static InstructionClass GetCallSiteClass(ImmutableCallSite CS) { |
| 199 | for (ImmutableCallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin(), E = CS.arg_end(); |
| 200 | I != E; ++I) |
| 201 | if (IsPotentialUse(*I)) |
| 202 | return CS.onlyReadsMemory() ? IC_User : IC_CallOrUser; |
| 203 | |
| 204 | return CS.onlyReadsMemory() ? IC_None : IC_Call; |
| 205 | } |
| 206 | |
| 207 | /// GetFunctionClass - Determine if F is one of the special known Functions. |
| 208 | /// If it isn't, return IC_CallOrUser. |
| 209 | static InstructionClass GetFunctionClass(const Function *F) { |
| 210 | Function::const_arg_iterator AI = F->arg_begin(), AE = F->arg_end(); |
| 211 | |
| 212 | // No arguments. |
| 213 | if (AI == AE) |
| 214 | return StringSwitch<InstructionClass>(F->getName()) |
| 215 | .Case("objc_autoreleasePoolPush", IC_AutoreleasepoolPush) |
| 216 | .Default(IC_CallOrUser); |
| 217 | |
| 218 | // One argument. |
| 219 | const Argument *A0 = AI++; |
| 220 | if (AI == AE) |
| 221 | // Argument is a pointer. |
Chris Lattner | db125cf | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 222 | if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(A0->getType())) { |
| 223 | Type *ETy = PTy->getElementType(); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | // Argument is i8*. |
| 225 | if (ETy->isIntegerTy(8)) |
| 226 | return StringSwitch<InstructionClass>(F->getName()) |
| 227 | .Case("objc_retain", IC_Retain) |
| 228 | .Case("objc_retainAutoreleasedReturnValue", IC_RetainRV) |
| 229 | .Case("objc_retainBlock", IC_RetainBlock) |
| 230 | .Case("objc_release", IC_Release) |
| 231 | .Case("objc_autorelease", IC_Autorelease) |
| 232 | .Case("objc_autoreleaseReturnValue", IC_AutoreleaseRV) |
| 233 | .Case("objc_autoreleasePoolPop", IC_AutoreleasepoolPop) |
| 234 | .Case("objc_retainedObject", IC_NoopCast) |
| 235 | .Case("objc_unretainedObject", IC_NoopCast) |
| 236 | .Case("objc_unretainedPointer", IC_NoopCast) |
| 237 | .Case("objc_retain_autorelease", IC_FusedRetainAutorelease) |
| 238 | .Case("objc_retainAutorelease", IC_FusedRetainAutorelease) |
| 239 | .Case("objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue",IC_FusedRetainAutoreleaseRV) |
| 240 | .Default(IC_CallOrUser); |
| 241 | |
| 242 | // Argument is i8** |
Chris Lattner | db125cf | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 243 | if (PointerType *Pte = dyn_cast<PointerType>(ETy)) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 244 | if (Pte->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(8)) |
| 245 | return StringSwitch<InstructionClass>(F->getName()) |
| 246 | .Case("objc_loadWeakRetained", IC_LoadWeakRetained) |
| 247 | .Case("objc_loadWeak", IC_LoadWeak) |
| 248 | .Case("objc_destroyWeak", IC_DestroyWeak) |
| 249 | .Default(IC_CallOrUser); |
| 250 | } |
| 251 | |
| 252 | // Two arguments, first is i8**. |
| 253 | const Argument *A1 = AI++; |
| 254 | if (AI == AE) |
Chris Lattner | db125cf | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 255 | if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(A0->getType())) |
| 256 | if (PointerType *Pte = dyn_cast<PointerType>(PTy->getElementType())) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 257 | if (Pte->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(8)) |
Chris Lattner | db125cf | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 258 | if (PointerType *PTy1 = dyn_cast<PointerType>(A1->getType())) { |
| 259 | Type *ETy1 = PTy1->getElementType(); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | // Second argument is i8* |
| 261 | if (ETy1->isIntegerTy(8)) |
| 262 | return StringSwitch<InstructionClass>(F->getName()) |
| 263 | .Case("objc_storeWeak", IC_StoreWeak) |
| 264 | .Case("objc_initWeak", IC_InitWeak) |
Dan Gohman | 4423477 | 2012-04-13 18:28:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | .Case("objc_storeStrong", IC_StoreStrong) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | .Default(IC_CallOrUser); |
| 267 | // Second argument is i8**. |
Chris Lattner | db125cf | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 268 | if (PointerType *Pte1 = dyn_cast<PointerType>(ETy1)) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 269 | if (Pte1->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(8)) |
| 270 | return StringSwitch<InstructionClass>(F->getName()) |
| 271 | .Case("objc_moveWeak", IC_MoveWeak) |
| 272 | .Case("objc_copyWeak", IC_CopyWeak) |
| 273 | .Default(IC_CallOrUser); |
| 274 | } |
| 275 | |
| 276 | // Anything else. |
| 277 | return IC_CallOrUser; |
| 278 | } |
| 279 | |
| 280 | /// GetInstructionClass - Determine what kind of construct V is. |
| 281 | static InstructionClass GetInstructionClass(const Value *V) { |
| 282 | if (const Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { |
| 283 | // Any instruction other than bitcast and gep with a pointer operand have a |
| 284 | // use of an objc pointer. Bitcasts, GEPs, Selects, PHIs transfer a pointer |
| 285 | // to a subsequent use, rather than using it themselves, in this sense. |
| 286 | // As a short cut, several other opcodes are known to have no pointer |
| 287 | // operands of interest. And ret is never followed by a release, so it's |
| 288 | // not interesting to examine. |
| 289 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
| 290 | case Instruction::Call: { |
| 291 | const CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(I); |
| 292 | // Check for calls to special functions. |
| 293 | if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction()) { |
| 294 | InstructionClass Class = GetFunctionClass(F); |
| 295 | if (Class != IC_CallOrUser) |
| 296 | return Class; |
| 297 | |
| 298 | // None of the intrinsic functions do objc_release. For intrinsics, the |
| 299 | // only question is whether or not they may be users. |
| 300 | switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) { |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 301 | case Intrinsic::returnaddress: case Intrinsic::frameaddress: |
| 302 | case Intrinsic::stacksave: case Intrinsic::stackrestore: |
| 303 | case Intrinsic::vastart: case Intrinsic::vacopy: case Intrinsic::vaend: |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | case Intrinsic::objectsize: case Intrinsic::prefetch: |
| 305 | case Intrinsic::stackprotector: |
| 306 | case Intrinsic::eh_return_i32: case Intrinsic::eh_return_i64: |
| 307 | case Intrinsic::eh_typeid_for: case Intrinsic::eh_dwarf_cfa: |
| 308 | case Intrinsic::eh_sjlj_lsda: case Intrinsic::eh_sjlj_functioncontext: |
| 309 | case Intrinsic::init_trampoline: case Intrinsic::adjust_trampoline: |
| 310 | case Intrinsic::lifetime_start: case Intrinsic::lifetime_end: |
| 311 | case Intrinsic::invariant_start: case Intrinsic::invariant_end: |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | // Don't let dbg info affect our results. |
| 313 | case Intrinsic::dbg_declare: case Intrinsic::dbg_value: |
| 314 | // Short cut: Some intrinsics obviously don't use ObjC pointers. |
| 315 | return IC_None; |
| 316 | default: |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 317 | break; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 318 | } |
| 319 | } |
| 320 | return GetCallSiteClass(CI); |
| 321 | } |
| 322 | case Instruction::Invoke: |
| 323 | return GetCallSiteClass(cast<InvokeInst>(I)); |
| 324 | case Instruction::BitCast: |
| 325 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: |
| 326 | case Instruction::Select: case Instruction::PHI: |
| 327 | case Instruction::Ret: case Instruction::Br: |
| 328 | case Instruction::Switch: case Instruction::IndirectBr: |
| 329 | case Instruction::Alloca: case Instruction::VAArg: |
| 330 | case Instruction::Add: case Instruction::FAdd: |
| 331 | case Instruction::Sub: case Instruction::FSub: |
| 332 | case Instruction::Mul: case Instruction::FMul: |
| 333 | case Instruction::SDiv: case Instruction::UDiv: case Instruction::FDiv: |
| 334 | case Instruction::SRem: case Instruction::URem: case Instruction::FRem: |
| 335 | case Instruction::Shl: case Instruction::LShr: case Instruction::AShr: |
| 336 | case Instruction::And: case Instruction::Or: case Instruction::Xor: |
| 337 | case Instruction::SExt: case Instruction::ZExt: case Instruction::Trunc: |
| 338 | case Instruction::IntToPtr: case Instruction::FCmp: |
| 339 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: case Instruction::FPExt: |
| 340 | case Instruction::FPToUI: case Instruction::FPToSI: |
| 341 | case Instruction::UIToFP: case Instruction::SIToFP: |
| 342 | case Instruction::InsertElement: case Instruction::ExtractElement: |
| 343 | case Instruction::ShuffleVector: |
| 344 | case Instruction::ExtractValue: |
| 345 | break; |
| 346 | case Instruction::ICmp: |
| 347 | // Comparing a pointer with null, or any other constant, isn't an |
| 348 | // interesting use, because we don't care what the pointer points to, or |
| 349 | // about the values of any other dynamic reference-counted pointers. |
| 350 | if (IsPotentialUse(I->getOperand(1))) |
| 351 | return IC_User; |
| 352 | break; |
| 353 | default: |
| 354 | // For anything else, check all the operands. |
Dan Gohman | d446460 | 2011-08-22 17:29:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 355 | // Note that this includes both operands of a Store: while the first |
| 356 | // operand isn't actually being dereferenced, it is being stored to |
| 357 | // memory where we can no longer track who might read it and dereference |
| 358 | // it, so we have to consider it potentially used. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | for (User::const_op_iterator OI = I->op_begin(), OE = I->op_end(); |
| 360 | OI != OE; ++OI) |
| 361 | if (IsPotentialUse(*OI)) |
| 362 | return IC_User; |
| 363 | } |
| 364 | } |
| 365 | |
| 366 | // Otherwise, it's totally inert for ARC purposes. |
| 367 | return IC_None; |
| 368 | } |
| 369 | |
| 370 | /// GetBasicInstructionClass - Determine what kind of construct V is. This is |
| 371 | /// similar to GetInstructionClass except that it only detects objc runtine |
| 372 | /// calls. This allows it to be faster. |
| 373 | static InstructionClass GetBasicInstructionClass(const Value *V) { |
| 374 | if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(V)) { |
| 375 | if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction()) |
| 376 | return GetFunctionClass(F); |
| 377 | // Otherwise, be conservative. |
| 378 | return IC_CallOrUser; |
| 379 | } |
| 380 | |
| 381 | // Otherwise, be conservative. |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | return isa<InvokeInst>(V) ? IC_CallOrUser : IC_User; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 383 | } |
| 384 | |
Sylvestre Ledru | c8e41c5 | 2012-07-23 08:51:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 385 | /// IsRetain - Test if the given class is objc_retain or |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | /// equivalent. |
| 387 | static bool IsRetain(InstructionClass Class) { |
| 388 | return Class == IC_Retain || |
| 389 | Class == IC_RetainRV; |
| 390 | } |
| 391 | |
Sylvestre Ledru | c8e41c5 | 2012-07-23 08:51:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | /// IsAutorelease - Test if the given class is objc_autorelease or |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 | /// equivalent. |
| 394 | static bool IsAutorelease(InstructionClass Class) { |
| 395 | return Class == IC_Autorelease || |
| 396 | Class == IC_AutoreleaseRV; |
| 397 | } |
| 398 | |
| 399 | /// IsForwarding - Test if the given class represents instructions which return |
| 400 | /// their argument verbatim. |
| 401 | static bool IsForwarding(InstructionClass Class) { |
| 402 | // objc_retainBlock technically doesn't always return its argument |
| 403 | // verbatim, but it doesn't matter for our purposes here. |
| 404 | return Class == IC_Retain || |
| 405 | Class == IC_RetainRV || |
| 406 | Class == IC_Autorelease || |
| 407 | Class == IC_AutoreleaseRV || |
| 408 | Class == IC_RetainBlock || |
| 409 | Class == IC_NoopCast; |
| 410 | } |
| 411 | |
| 412 | /// IsNoopOnNull - Test if the given class represents instructions which do |
| 413 | /// nothing if passed a null pointer. |
| 414 | static bool IsNoopOnNull(InstructionClass Class) { |
| 415 | return Class == IC_Retain || |
| 416 | Class == IC_RetainRV || |
| 417 | Class == IC_Release || |
| 418 | Class == IC_Autorelease || |
| 419 | Class == IC_AutoreleaseRV || |
| 420 | Class == IC_RetainBlock; |
| 421 | } |
| 422 | |
| 423 | /// IsAlwaysTail - Test if the given class represents instructions which are |
| 424 | /// always safe to mark with the "tail" keyword. |
| 425 | static bool IsAlwaysTail(InstructionClass Class) { |
| 426 | // IC_RetainBlock may be given a stack argument. |
| 427 | return Class == IC_Retain || |
| 428 | Class == IC_RetainRV || |
| 429 | Class == IC_Autorelease || |
| 430 | Class == IC_AutoreleaseRV; |
| 431 | } |
| 432 | |
| 433 | /// IsNoThrow - Test if the given class represents instructions which are always |
| 434 | /// safe to mark with the nounwind attribute.. |
| 435 | static bool IsNoThrow(InstructionClass Class) { |
Dan Gohman | 1d2fd75 | 2011-09-14 18:33:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 436 | // objc_retainBlock is not nounwind because it calls user copy constructors |
| 437 | // which could theoretically throw. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 438 | return Class == IC_Retain || |
| 439 | Class == IC_RetainRV || |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | Class == IC_Release || |
| 441 | Class == IC_Autorelease || |
| 442 | Class == IC_AutoreleaseRV || |
| 443 | Class == IC_AutoreleasepoolPush || |
| 444 | Class == IC_AutoreleasepoolPop; |
| 445 | } |
| 446 | |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 447 | /// EraseInstruction - Erase the given instruction. Many ObjC calls return their |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | /// argument verbatim, so if it's such a call and the return value has users, |
| 449 | /// replace them with the argument value. |
| 450 | static void EraseInstruction(Instruction *CI) { |
| 451 | Value *OldArg = cast<CallInst>(CI)->getArgOperand(0); |
| 452 | |
| 453 | bool Unused = CI->use_empty(); |
| 454 | |
| 455 | if (!Unused) { |
| 456 | // Replace the return value with the argument. |
| 457 | assert(IsForwarding(GetBasicInstructionClass(CI)) && |
| 458 | "Can't delete non-forwarding instruction with users!"); |
| 459 | CI->replaceAllUsesWith(OldArg); |
| 460 | } |
| 461 | |
| 462 | CI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 463 | |
| 464 | if (Unused) |
| 465 | RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(OldArg); |
| 466 | } |
| 467 | |
| 468 | /// GetUnderlyingObjCPtr - This is a wrapper around getUnderlyingObject which |
| 469 | /// also knows how to look through objc_retain and objc_autorelease calls, which |
| 470 | /// we know to return their argument verbatim. |
| 471 | static const Value *GetUnderlyingObjCPtr(const Value *V) { |
| 472 | for (;;) { |
| 473 | V = GetUnderlyingObject(V); |
| 474 | if (!IsForwarding(GetBasicInstructionClass(V))) |
| 475 | break; |
| 476 | V = cast<CallInst>(V)->getArgOperand(0); |
| 477 | } |
| 478 | |
| 479 | return V; |
| 480 | } |
| 481 | |
| 482 | /// StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls - This is a wrapper around |
| 483 | /// Value::stripPointerCasts which also knows how to look through objc_retain |
| 484 | /// and objc_autorelease calls, which we know to return their argument verbatim. |
| 485 | static const Value *StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(const Value *V) { |
| 486 | for (;;) { |
| 487 | V = V->stripPointerCasts(); |
| 488 | if (!IsForwarding(GetBasicInstructionClass(V))) |
| 489 | break; |
| 490 | V = cast<CallInst>(V)->getArgOperand(0); |
| 491 | } |
| 492 | return V; |
| 493 | } |
| 494 | |
| 495 | /// StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls - This is a wrapper around |
| 496 | /// Value::stripPointerCasts which also knows how to look through objc_retain |
| 497 | /// and objc_autorelease calls, which we know to return their argument verbatim. |
| 498 | static Value *StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(Value *V) { |
| 499 | for (;;) { |
| 500 | V = V->stripPointerCasts(); |
| 501 | if (!IsForwarding(GetBasicInstructionClass(V))) |
| 502 | break; |
| 503 | V = cast<CallInst>(V)->getArgOperand(0); |
| 504 | } |
| 505 | return V; |
| 506 | } |
| 507 | |
| 508 | /// GetObjCArg - Assuming the given instruction is one of the special calls such |
| 509 | /// as objc_retain or objc_release, return the argument value, stripped of no-op |
| 510 | /// casts and forwarding calls. |
| 511 | static Value *GetObjCArg(Value *Inst) { |
| 512 | return StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(cast<CallInst>(Inst)->getArgOperand(0)); |
| 513 | } |
| 514 | |
| 515 | /// IsObjCIdentifiedObject - This is similar to AliasAnalysis' |
| 516 | /// isObjCIdentifiedObject, except that it uses special knowledge of |
| 517 | /// ObjC conventions... |
| 518 | static bool IsObjCIdentifiedObject(const Value *V) { |
| 519 | // Assume that call results and arguments have their own "provenance". |
| 520 | // Constants (including GlobalVariables) and Allocas are never |
| 521 | // reference-counted. |
| 522 | if (isa<CallInst>(V) || isa<InvokeInst>(V) || |
| 523 | isa<Argument>(V) || isa<Constant>(V) || |
| 524 | isa<AllocaInst>(V)) |
| 525 | return true; |
| 526 | |
| 527 | if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V)) { |
| 528 | const Value *Pointer = |
| 529 | StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(LI->getPointerOperand()); |
| 530 | if (const GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Pointer)) { |
Dan Gohman | 1b31ea8 | 2011-08-22 17:29:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | // A constant pointer can't be pointing to an object on the heap. It may |
| 532 | // be reference-counted, but it won't be deleted. |
| 533 | if (GV->isConstant()) |
| 534 | return true; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | StringRef Name = GV->getName(); |
| 536 | // These special variables are known to hold values which are not |
| 537 | // reference-counted pointers. |
| 538 | if (Name.startswith("\01L_OBJC_SELECTOR_REFERENCES_") || |
| 539 | Name.startswith("\01L_OBJC_CLASSLIST_REFERENCES_") || |
| 540 | Name.startswith("\01L_OBJC_CLASSLIST_SUP_REFS_$_") || |
| 541 | Name.startswith("\01L_OBJC_METH_VAR_NAME_") || |
| 542 | Name.startswith("\01l_objc_msgSend_fixup_")) |
| 543 | return true; |
| 544 | } |
| 545 | } |
| 546 | |
| 547 | return false; |
| 548 | } |
| 549 | |
| 550 | /// FindSingleUseIdentifiedObject - This is similar to |
| 551 | /// StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls but it stops as soon as it finds a value |
| 552 | /// with multiple uses. |
| 553 | static const Value *FindSingleUseIdentifiedObject(const Value *Arg) { |
| 554 | if (Arg->hasOneUse()) { |
| 555 | if (const BitCastInst *BC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Arg)) |
| 556 | return FindSingleUseIdentifiedObject(BC->getOperand(0)); |
| 557 | if (const GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Arg)) |
| 558 | if (GEP->hasAllZeroIndices()) |
| 559 | return FindSingleUseIdentifiedObject(GEP->getPointerOperand()); |
| 560 | if (IsForwarding(GetBasicInstructionClass(Arg))) |
| 561 | return FindSingleUseIdentifiedObject( |
| 562 | cast<CallInst>(Arg)->getArgOperand(0)); |
| 563 | if (!IsObjCIdentifiedObject(Arg)) |
| 564 | return 0; |
| 565 | return Arg; |
| 566 | } |
| 567 | |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | // If we found an identifiable object but it has multiple uses, but they are |
| 569 | // trivial uses, we can still consider this to be a single-use value. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | if (IsObjCIdentifiedObject(Arg)) { |
| 571 | for (Value::const_use_iterator UI = Arg->use_begin(), UE = Arg->use_end(); |
| 572 | UI != UE; ++UI) { |
| 573 | const User *U = *UI; |
| 574 | if (!U->use_empty() || StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(U) != Arg) |
| 575 | return 0; |
| 576 | } |
| 577 | |
| 578 | return Arg; |
| 579 | } |
| 580 | |
| 581 | return 0; |
| 582 | } |
| 583 | |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 | /// ModuleHasARC - Test if the given module looks interesting to run ARC |
| 585 | /// optimization on. |
| 586 | static bool ModuleHasARC(const Module &M) { |
| 587 | return |
| 588 | M.getNamedValue("objc_retain") || |
| 589 | M.getNamedValue("objc_release") || |
| 590 | M.getNamedValue("objc_autorelease") || |
| 591 | M.getNamedValue("objc_retainAutoreleasedReturnValue") || |
| 592 | M.getNamedValue("objc_retainBlock") || |
| 593 | M.getNamedValue("objc_autoreleaseReturnValue") || |
| 594 | M.getNamedValue("objc_autoreleasePoolPush") || |
| 595 | M.getNamedValue("objc_loadWeakRetained") || |
| 596 | M.getNamedValue("objc_loadWeak") || |
| 597 | M.getNamedValue("objc_destroyWeak") || |
| 598 | M.getNamedValue("objc_storeWeak") || |
| 599 | M.getNamedValue("objc_initWeak") || |
| 600 | M.getNamedValue("objc_moveWeak") || |
| 601 | M.getNamedValue("objc_copyWeak") || |
| 602 | M.getNamedValue("objc_retainedObject") || |
| 603 | M.getNamedValue("objc_unretainedObject") || |
| 604 | M.getNamedValue("objc_unretainedPointer"); |
| 605 | } |
| 606 | |
Dan Gohman | 79522dc | 2012-01-13 00:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | /// DoesObjCBlockEscape - Test whether the given pointer, which is an |
| 608 | /// Objective C block pointer, does not "escape". This differs from regular |
| 609 | /// escape analysis in that a use as an argument to a call is not considered |
| 610 | /// an escape. |
| 611 | static bool DoesObjCBlockEscape(const Value *BlockPtr) { |
| 612 | // Walk the def-use chains. |
| 613 | SmallVector<const Value *, 4> Worklist; |
| 614 | Worklist.push_back(BlockPtr); |
| 615 | do { |
| 616 | const Value *V = Worklist.pop_back_val(); |
| 617 | for (Value::const_use_iterator UI = V->use_begin(), UE = V->use_end(); |
| 618 | UI != UE; ++UI) { |
| 619 | const User *UUser = *UI; |
| 620 | // Special - Use by a call (callee or argument) is not considered |
| 621 | // to be an escape. |
Dan Gohman | 4423477 | 2012-04-13 18:28:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 622 | switch (GetBasicInstructionClass(UUser)) { |
| 623 | case IC_StoreWeak: |
| 624 | case IC_InitWeak: |
| 625 | case IC_StoreStrong: |
| 626 | case IC_Autorelease: |
| 627 | case IC_AutoreleaseRV: |
| 628 | // These special functions make copies of their pointer arguments. |
| 629 | return true; |
| 630 | case IC_User: |
| 631 | case IC_None: |
| 632 | // Use by an instruction which copies the value is an escape if the |
| 633 | // result is an escape. |
| 634 | if (isa<BitCastInst>(UUser) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(UUser) || |
| 635 | isa<PHINode>(UUser) || isa<SelectInst>(UUser)) { |
| 636 | Worklist.push_back(UUser); |
| 637 | continue; |
| 638 | } |
| 639 | // Use by a load is not an escape. |
| 640 | if (isa<LoadInst>(UUser)) |
| 641 | continue; |
| 642 | // Use by a store is not an escape if the use is the address. |
| 643 | if (const StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UUser)) |
| 644 | if (V != SI->getValueOperand()) |
| 645 | continue; |
| 646 | break; |
| 647 | default: |
| 648 | // Regular calls and other stuff are not considered escapes. |
Dan Gohman | 79522dc | 2012-01-13 00:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | continue; |
| 650 | } |
Dan Gohman | a3b08d6 | 2012-02-13 22:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 651 | // Otherwise, conservatively assume an escape. |
Dan Gohman | 79522dc | 2012-01-13 00:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 | return true; |
| 653 | } |
| 654 | } while (!Worklist.empty()); |
| 655 | |
| 656 | // No escapes found. |
| 657 | return false; |
| 658 | } |
| 659 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 661 | // ARC AliasAnalysis. |
| 662 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 663 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h" |
| 665 | #include "llvm/Analysis/Passes.h" |
Chandler Carruth | d04a8d4 | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | #include "llvm/Pass.h" |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | |
| 668 | namespace { |
| 669 | /// ObjCARCAliasAnalysis - This is a simple alias analysis |
| 670 | /// implementation that uses knowledge of ARC constructs to answer queries. |
| 671 | /// |
| 672 | /// TODO: This class could be generalized to know about other ObjC-specific |
| 673 | /// tricks. Such as knowing that ivars in the non-fragile ABI are non-aliasing |
| 674 | /// even though their offsets are dynamic. |
| 675 | class ObjCARCAliasAnalysis : public ImmutablePass, |
| 676 | public AliasAnalysis { |
| 677 | public: |
| 678 | static char ID; // Class identification, replacement for typeinfo |
| 679 | ObjCARCAliasAnalysis() : ImmutablePass(ID) { |
| 680 | initializeObjCARCAliasAnalysisPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); |
| 681 | } |
| 682 | |
| 683 | private: |
| 684 | virtual void initializePass() { |
| 685 | InitializeAliasAnalysis(this); |
| 686 | } |
| 687 | |
| 688 | /// getAdjustedAnalysisPointer - This method is used when a pass implements |
| 689 | /// an analysis interface through multiple inheritance. If needed, it |
| 690 | /// should override this to adjust the this pointer as needed for the |
| 691 | /// specified pass info. |
| 692 | virtual void *getAdjustedAnalysisPointer(const void *PI) { |
| 693 | if (PI == &AliasAnalysis::ID) |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | return static_cast<AliasAnalysis *>(this); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | return this; |
| 696 | } |
| 697 | |
| 698 | virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const; |
| 699 | virtual AliasResult alias(const Location &LocA, const Location &LocB); |
| 700 | virtual bool pointsToConstantMemory(const Location &Loc, bool OrLocal); |
| 701 | virtual ModRefBehavior getModRefBehavior(ImmutableCallSite CS); |
| 702 | virtual ModRefBehavior getModRefBehavior(const Function *F); |
| 703 | virtual ModRefResult getModRefInfo(ImmutableCallSite CS, |
| 704 | const Location &Loc); |
| 705 | virtual ModRefResult getModRefInfo(ImmutableCallSite CS1, |
| 706 | ImmutableCallSite CS2); |
| 707 | }; |
| 708 | } // End of anonymous namespace |
| 709 | |
| 710 | // Register this pass... |
| 711 | char ObjCARCAliasAnalysis::ID = 0; |
| 712 | INITIALIZE_AG_PASS(ObjCARCAliasAnalysis, AliasAnalysis, "objc-arc-aa", |
| 713 | "ObjC-ARC-Based Alias Analysis", false, true, false) |
| 714 | |
| 715 | ImmutablePass *llvm::createObjCARCAliasAnalysisPass() { |
| 716 | return new ObjCARCAliasAnalysis(); |
| 717 | } |
| 718 | |
| 719 | void |
| 720 | ObjCARCAliasAnalysis::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const { |
| 721 | AU.setPreservesAll(); |
| 722 | AliasAnalysis::getAnalysisUsage(AU); |
| 723 | } |
| 724 | |
| 725 | AliasAnalysis::AliasResult |
| 726 | ObjCARCAliasAnalysis::alias(const Location &LocA, const Location &LocB) { |
| 727 | if (!EnableARCOpts) |
| 728 | return AliasAnalysis::alias(LocA, LocB); |
| 729 | |
| 730 | // First, strip off no-ops, including ObjC-specific no-ops, and try making a |
| 731 | // precise alias query. |
| 732 | const Value *SA = StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(LocA.Ptr); |
| 733 | const Value *SB = StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(LocB.Ptr); |
| 734 | AliasResult Result = |
| 735 | AliasAnalysis::alias(Location(SA, LocA.Size, LocA.TBAATag), |
| 736 | Location(SB, LocB.Size, LocB.TBAATag)); |
| 737 | if (Result != MayAlias) |
| 738 | return Result; |
| 739 | |
| 740 | // If that failed, climb to the underlying object, including climbing through |
| 741 | // ObjC-specific no-ops, and try making an imprecise alias query. |
| 742 | const Value *UA = GetUnderlyingObjCPtr(SA); |
| 743 | const Value *UB = GetUnderlyingObjCPtr(SB); |
| 744 | if (UA != SA || UB != SB) { |
| 745 | Result = AliasAnalysis::alias(Location(UA), Location(UB)); |
| 746 | // We can't use MustAlias or PartialAlias results here because |
| 747 | // GetUnderlyingObjCPtr may return an offsetted pointer value. |
| 748 | if (Result == NoAlias) |
| 749 | return NoAlias; |
| 750 | } |
| 751 | |
| 752 | // If that failed, fail. We don't need to chain here, since that's covered |
| 753 | // by the earlier precise query. |
| 754 | return MayAlias; |
| 755 | } |
| 756 | |
| 757 | bool |
| 758 | ObjCARCAliasAnalysis::pointsToConstantMemory(const Location &Loc, |
| 759 | bool OrLocal) { |
| 760 | if (!EnableARCOpts) |
| 761 | return AliasAnalysis::pointsToConstantMemory(Loc, OrLocal); |
| 762 | |
| 763 | // First, strip off no-ops, including ObjC-specific no-ops, and try making |
| 764 | // a precise alias query. |
| 765 | const Value *S = StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(Loc.Ptr); |
| 766 | if (AliasAnalysis::pointsToConstantMemory(Location(S, Loc.Size, Loc.TBAATag), |
| 767 | OrLocal)) |
| 768 | return true; |
| 769 | |
| 770 | // If that failed, climb to the underlying object, including climbing through |
| 771 | // ObjC-specific no-ops, and try making an imprecise alias query. |
| 772 | const Value *U = GetUnderlyingObjCPtr(S); |
| 773 | if (U != S) |
| 774 | return AliasAnalysis::pointsToConstantMemory(Location(U), OrLocal); |
| 775 | |
| 776 | // If that failed, fail. We don't need to chain here, since that's covered |
| 777 | // by the earlier precise query. |
| 778 | return false; |
| 779 | } |
| 780 | |
| 781 | AliasAnalysis::ModRefBehavior |
| 782 | ObjCARCAliasAnalysis::getModRefBehavior(ImmutableCallSite CS) { |
| 783 | // We have nothing to do. Just chain to the next AliasAnalysis. |
| 784 | return AliasAnalysis::getModRefBehavior(CS); |
| 785 | } |
| 786 | |
| 787 | AliasAnalysis::ModRefBehavior |
| 788 | ObjCARCAliasAnalysis::getModRefBehavior(const Function *F) { |
| 789 | if (!EnableARCOpts) |
| 790 | return AliasAnalysis::getModRefBehavior(F); |
| 791 | |
| 792 | switch (GetFunctionClass(F)) { |
| 793 | case IC_NoopCast: |
| 794 | return DoesNotAccessMemory; |
| 795 | default: |
| 796 | break; |
| 797 | } |
| 798 | |
| 799 | return AliasAnalysis::getModRefBehavior(F); |
| 800 | } |
| 801 | |
| 802 | AliasAnalysis::ModRefResult |
| 803 | ObjCARCAliasAnalysis::getModRefInfo(ImmutableCallSite CS, const Location &Loc) { |
| 804 | if (!EnableARCOpts) |
| 805 | return AliasAnalysis::getModRefInfo(CS, Loc); |
| 806 | |
| 807 | switch (GetBasicInstructionClass(CS.getInstruction())) { |
| 808 | case IC_Retain: |
| 809 | case IC_RetainRV: |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | case IC_Autorelease: |
| 811 | case IC_AutoreleaseRV: |
| 812 | case IC_NoopCast: |
| 813 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPush: |
| 814 | case IC_FusedRetainAutorelease: |
| 815 | case IC_FusedRetainAutoreleaseRV: |
| 816 | // These functions don't access any memory visible to the compiler. |
Benjamin Kramer | d9b0b02 | 2012-06-02 10:20:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | // Note that this doesn't include objc_retainBlock, because it updates |
Dan Gohman | 2110482 | 2011-09-14 18:13:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | // pointers when it copies block data. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | return NoModRef; |
| 820 | default: |
| 821 | break; |
| 822 | } |
| 823 | |
| 824 | return AliasAnalysis::getModRefInfo(CS, Loc); |
| 825 | } |
| 826 | |
| 827 | AliasAnalysis::ModRefResult |
| 828 | ObjCARCAliasAnalysis::getModRefInfo(ImmutableCallSite CS1, |
| 829 | ImmutableCallSite CS2) { |
| 830 | // TODO: Theoretically we could check for dependencies between objc_* calls |
| 831 | // and OnlyAccessesArgumentPointees calls or other well-behaved calls. |
| 832 | return AliasAnalysis::getModRefInfo(CS1, CS2); |
| 833 | } |
| 834 | |
| 835 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 836 | // ARC expansion. |
| 837 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 838 | |
| 839 | #include "llvm/Support/InstIterator.h" |
| 840 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h" |
| 841 | |
| 842 | namespace { |
| 843 | /// ObjCARCExpand - Early ARC transformations. |
| 844 | class ObjCARCExpand : public FunctionPass { |
| 845 | virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const; |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 846 | virtual bool doInitialization(Module &M); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F); |
| 848 | |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 849 | /// Run - A flag indicating whether this optimization pass should run. |
| 850 | bool Run; |
| 851 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | public: |
| 853 | static char ID; |
| 854 | ObjCARCExpand() : FunctionPass(ID) { |
| 855 | initializeObjCARCExpandPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); |
| 856 | } |
| 857 | }; |
| 858 | } |
| 859 | |
| 860 | char ObjCARCExpand::ID = 0; |
| 861 | INITIALIZE_PASS(ObjCARCExpand, |
| 862 | "objc-arc-expand", "ObjC ARC expansion", false, false) |
| 863 | |
| 864 | Pass *llvm::createObjCARCExpandPass() { |
| 865 | return new ObjCARCExpand(); |
| 866 | } |
| 867 | |
| 868 | void ObjCARCExpand::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const { |
| 869 | AU.setPreservesCFG(); |
| 870 | } |
| 871 | |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | bool ObjCARCExpand::doInitialization(Module &M) { |
| 873 | Run = ModuleHasARC(M); |
| 874 | return false; |
| 875 | } |
| 876 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 877 | bool ObjCARCExpand::runOnFunction(Function &F) { |
| 878 | if (!EnableARCOpts) |
| 879 | return false; |
| 880 | |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | // If nothing in the Module uses ARC, don't do anything. |
| 882 | if (!Run) |
| 883 | return false; |
| 884 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | bool Changed = false; |
| 886 | |
| 887 | for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(&F), E = inst_end(&F); I != E; ++I) { |
| 888 | Instruction *Inst = &*I; |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | |
Michael Gottesman | 8f22c8b | 2013-01-01 16:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 890 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCExpand: Visiting: " << *Inst << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 892 | switch (GetBasicInstructionClass(Inst)) { |
| 893 | case IC_Retain: |
| 894 | case IC_RetainRV: |
| 895 | case IC_Autorelease: |
| 896 | case IC_AutoreleaseRV: |
| 897 | case IC_FusedRetainAutorelease: |
Michael Gottesman | a6e23cc | 2013-01-01 16:05:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | case IC_FusedRetainAutoreleaseRV: { |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | // These calls return their argument verbatim, as a low-level |
| 900 | // optimization. However, this makes high-level optimizations |
| 901 | // harder. Undo any uses of this optimization that the front-end |
Dan Gohman | d6bf201 | 2012-04-13 18:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | // emitted here. We'll redo them in the contract pass. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 903 | Changed = true; |
Michael Gottesman | a6e23cc | 2013-01-01 16:05:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | Value *Value = cast<CallInst>(Inst)->getArgOperand(0); |
| 905 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCExpand: Old = " << *Inst << "\n" |
| 906 | " New = " << *Value << "\n"); |
| 907 | Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(Value); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 908 | break; |
Michael Gottesman | a6e23cc | 2013-01-01 16:05:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | default: |
| 911 | break; |
| 912 | } |
| 913 | } |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | |
Michael Gottesman | ec21e2a | 2013-01-03 08:09:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCExpand: Finished List.\n\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | return Changed; |
| 918 | } |
| 919 | |
| 920 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | // ARC autorelease pool elimination. |
| 922 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 923 | |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 0b8c9a8 | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" |
Dan Gohman | 1dae3e9 | 2012-01-18 21:19:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | namespace { |
| 928 | /// ObjCARCAPElim - Autorelease pool elimination. |
| 929 | class ObjCARCAPElim : public ModulePass { |
| 930 | virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const; |
| 931 | virtual bool runOnModule(Module &M); |
| 932 | |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | static bool MayAutorelease(ImmutableCallSite CS, unsigned Depth = 0); |
| 934 | static bool OptimizeBB(BasicBlock *BB); |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | |
| 936 | public: |
| 937 | static char ID; |
| 938 | ObjCARCAPElim() : ModulePass(ID) { |
| 939 | initializeObjCARCAPElimPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); |
| 940 | } |
| 941 | }; |
| 942 | } |
| 943 | |
| 944 | char ObjCARCAPElim::ID = 0; |
| 945 | INITIALIZE_PASS(ObjCARCAPElim, |
| 946 | "objc-arc-apelim", |
| 947 | "ObjC ARC autorelease pool elimination", |
| 948 | false, false) |
| 949 | |
| 950 | Pass *llvm::createObjCARCAPElimPass() { |
| 951 | return new ObjCARCAPElim(); |
| 952 | } |
| 953 | |
| 954 | void ObjCARCAPElim::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const { |
| 955 | AU.setPreservesCFG(); |
| 956 | } |
| 957 | |
| 958 | /// MayAutorelease - Interprocedurally determine if calls made by the |
| 959 | /// given call site can possibly produce autoreleases. |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 960 | bool ObjCARCAPElim::MayAutorelease(ImmutableCallSite CS, unsigned Depth) { |
| 961 | if (const Function *Callee = CS.getCalledFunction()) { |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | if (Callee->isDeclaration() || Callee->mayBeOverridden()) |
| 963 | return true; |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 964 | for (Function::const_iterator I = Callee->begin(), E = Callee->end(); |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 965 | I != E; ++I) { |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 966 | const BasicBlock *BB = I; |
| 967 | for (BasicBlock::const_iterator J = BB->begin(), F = BB->end(); |
| 968 | J != F; ++J) |
| 969 | if (ImmutableCallSite JCS = ImmutableCallSite(J)) |
Dan Gohman | 2f77bbd | 2012-01-18 21:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 | // This recursion depth limit is arbitrary. It's just great |
| 971 | // enough to cover known interesting testcases. |
| 972 | if (Depth < 3 && |
| 973 | !JCS.onlyReadsMemory() && |
| 974 | MayAutorelease(JCS, Depth + 1)) |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 975 | return true; |
| 976 | } |
| 977 | return false; |
| 978 | } |
| 979 | |
| 980 | return true; |
| 981 | } |
| 982 | |
| 983 | bool ObjCARCAPElim::OptimizeBB(BasicBlock *BB) { |
| 984 | bool Changed = false; |
| 985 | |
| 986 | Instruction *Push = 0; |
| 987 | for (BasicBlock::iterator I = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); I != E; ) { |
| 988 | Instruction *Inst = I++; |
| 989 | switch (GetBasicInstructionClass(Inst)) { |
| 990 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPush: |
| 991 | Push = Inst; |
| 992 | break; |
| 993 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPop: |
| 994 | // If this pop matches a push and nothing in between can autorelease, |
| 995 | // zap the pair. |
| 996 | if (Push && cast<CallInst>(Inst)->getArgOperand(0) == Push) { |
| 997 | Changed = true; |
Michael Gottesman | 5c0ae47 | 2013-01-04 21:29:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCAPElim::OptimizeBB: Zapping push pop autorelease pair:\n" |
Michael Gottesman | df379f4 | 2013-01-03 08:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | << " Pop: " << *Inst << "\n" |
| 1000 | << " Push: " << *Push << "\n"); |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 | Inst->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1002 | Push->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1003 | } |
| 1004 | Push = 0; |
| 1005 | break; |
| 1006 | case IC_CallOrUser: |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | if (MayAutorelease(ImmutableCallSite(Inst))) |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | Push = 0; |
| 1009 | break; |
| 1010 | default: |
| 1011 | break; |
| 1012 | } |
| 1013 | } |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | return Changed; |
| 1016 | } |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | bool ObjCARCAPElim::runOnModule(Module &M) { |
| 1019 | if (!EnableARCOpts) |
| 1020 | return false; |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | // If nothing in the Module uses ARC, don't do anything. |
| 1023 | if (!ModuleHasARC(M)) |
| 1024 | return false; |
| 1025 | |
Dan Gohman | 1dae3e9 | 2012-01-18 21:19:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | // Find the llvm.global_ctors variable, as the first step in |
Dan Gohman | d6bf201 | 2012-04-13 18:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | // identifying the global constructors. In theory, unnecessary autorelease |
| 1028 | // pools could occur anywhere, but in practice it's pretty rare. Global |
| 1029 | // ctors are a place where autorelease pools get inserted automatically, |
| 1030 | // so it's pretty common for them to be unnecessary, and it's pretty |
| 1031 | // profitable to eliminate them. |
Dan Gohman | 1dae3e9 | 2012-01-18 21:19:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 | GlobalVariable *GV = M.getGlobalVariable("llvm.global_ctors"); |
| 1033 | if (!GV) |
| 1034 | return false; |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | assert(GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() && |
| 1037 | "llvm.global_ctors is uncooperative!"); |
| 1038 | |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1039 | bool Changed = false; |
| 1040 | |
Dan Gohman | 1dae3e9 | 2012-01-18 21:19:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1041 | // Dig the constructor functions out of GV's initializer. |
| 1042 | ConstantArray *Init = cast<ConstantArray>(GV->getInitializer()); |
| 1043 | for (User::op_iterator OI = Init->op_begin(), OE = Init->op_end(); |
| 1044 | OI != OE; ++OI) { |
| 1045 | Value *Op = *OI; |
| 1046 | // llvm.global_ctors is an array of pairs where the second members |
| 1047 | // are constructor functions. |
Dan Gohman | 3b5b2a2 | 2012-04-18 22:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 | Function *F = dyn_cast<Function>(cast<ConstantStruct>(Op)->getOperand(1)); |
| 1049 | // If the user used a constructor function with the wrong signature and |
| 1050 | // it got bitcasted or whatever, look the other way. |
| 1051 | if (!F) |
| 1052 | continue; |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1053 | // Only look at function definitions. |
| 1054 | if (F->isDeclaration()) |
| 1055 | continue; |
Dan Gohman | 2f6263c | 2012-01-17 20:52:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 | // Only look at functions with one basic block. |
| 1057 | if (llvm::next(F->begin()) != F->end()) |
| 1058 | continue; |
| 1059 | // Ok, a single-block constructor function definition. Try to optimize it. |
| 1060 | Changed |= OptimizeBB(F->begin()); |
| 1061 | } |
| 1062 | |
| 1063 | return Changed; |
| 1064 | } |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | // ARC optimization. |
| 1068 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | // TODO: On code like this: |
| 1071 | // |
| 1072 | // objc_retain(%x) |
| 1073 | // stuff_that_cannot_release() |
| 1074 | // objc_autorelease(%x) |
| 1075 | // stuff_that_cannot_release() |
| 1076 | // objc_retain(%x) |
| 1077 | // stuff_that_cannot_release() |
| 1078 | // objc_autorelease(%x) |
| 1079 | // |
| 1080 | // The second retain and autorelease can be deleted. |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 | // TODO: It should be possible to delete |
| 1083 | // objc_autoreleasePoolPush and objc_autoreleasePoolPop |
| 1084 | // pairs if nothing is actually autoreleased between them. Also, autorelease |
| 1085 | // calls followed by objc_autoreleasePoolPop calls (perhaps in ObjC++ code |
| 1086 | // after inlining) can be turned into plain release calls. |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | // TODO: Critical-edge splitting. If the optimial insertion point is |
| 1089 | // a critical edge, the current algorithm has to fail, because it doesn't |
| 1090 | // know how to split edges. It should be possible to make the optimizer |
| 1091 | // think in terms of edges, rather than blocks, and then split critical |
| 1092 | // edges on demand. |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 | // TODO: OptimizeSequences could generalized to be Interprocedural. |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | // TODO: Recognize that a bunch of other objc runtime calls have |
| 1097 | // non-escaping arguments and non-releasing arguments, and may be |
| 1098 | // non-autoreleasing. |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 | // TODO: Sink autorelease calls as far as possible. Unfortunately we |
| 1101 | // usually can't sink them past other calls, which would be the main |
| 1102 | // case where it would be useful. |
| 1103 | |
Dan Gohman | e6d5e88 | 2011-08-19 00:26:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | // TODO: The pointer returned from objc_loadWeakRetained is retained. |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | // TODO: Delete release+retain pairs (rare). |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1107 | |
Chandler Carruth | d04a8d4 | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1108 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
| 1109 | #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 0b8c9a8 | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | #include "llvm/Support/CFG.h" |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | |
| 1113 | STATISTIC(NumNoops, "Number of no-op objc calls eliminated"); |
| 1114 | STATISTIC(NumPartialNoops, "Number of partially no-op objc calls eliminated"); |
| 1115 | STATISTIC(NumAutoreleases,"Number of autoreleases converted to releases"); |
| 1116 | STATISTIC(NumRets, "Number of return value forwarding " |
| 1117 | "retain+autoreleaes eliminated"); |
| 1118 | STATISTIC(NumRRs, "Number of retain+release paths eliminated"); |
| 1119 | STATISTIC(NumPeeps, "Number of calls peephole-optimized"); |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | namespace { |
| 1122 | /// ProvenanceAnalysis - This is similar to BasicAliasAnalysis, and it |
| 1123 | /// uses many of the same techniques, except it uses special ObjC-specific |
| 1124 | /// reasoning about pointer relationships. |
| 1125 | class ProvenanceAnalysis { |
| 1126 | AliasAnalysis *AA; |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 | typedef std::pair<const Value *, const Value *> ValuePairTy; |
| 1129 | typedef DenseMap<ValuePairTy, bool> CachedResultsTy; |
| 1130 | CachedResultsTy CachedResults; |
| 1131 | |
| 1132 | bool relatedCheck(const Value *A, const Value *B); |
| 1133 | bool relatedSelect(const SelectInst *A, const Value *B); |
| 1134 | bool relatedPHI(const PHINode *A, const Value *B); |
| 1135 | |
Craig Topper | c2945e4 | 2012-09-18 02:01:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | void operator=(const ProvenanceAnalysis &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; |
| 1137 | ProvenanceAnalysis(const ProvenanceAnalysis &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | |
| 1139 | public: |
| 1140 | ProvenanceAnalysis() {} |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | void setAA(AliasAnalysis *aa) { AA = aa; } |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | AliasAnalysis *getAA() const { return AA; } |
| 1145 | |
| 1146 | bool related(const Value *A, const Value *B); |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | void clear() { |
| 1149 | CachedResults.clear(); |
| 1150 | } |
| 1151 | }; |
| 1152 | } |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 | bool ProvenanceAnalysis::relatedSelect(const SelectInst *A, const Value *B) { |
| 1155 | // If the values are Selects with the same condition, we can do a more precise |
| 1156 | // check: just check for relations between the values on corresponding arms. |
| 1157 | if (const SelectInst *SB = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(B)) |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1158 | if (A->getCondition() == SB->getCondition()) |
| 1159 | return related(A->getTrueValue(), SB->getTrueValue()) || |
| 1160 | related(A->getFalseValue(), SB->getFalseValue()); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | |
| 1162 | // Check both arms of the Select node individually. |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 | return related(A->getTrueValue(), B) || |
| 1164 | related(A->getFalseValue(), B); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | } |
| 1166 | |
| 1167 | bool ProvenanceAnalysis::relatedPHI(const PHINode *A, const Value *B) { |
| 1168 | // If the values are PHIs in the same block, we can do a more precise as well |
| 1169 | // as efficient check: just check for relations between the values on |
| 1170 | // corresponding edges. |
| 1171 | if (const PHINode *PNB = dyn_cast<PHINode>(B)) |
| 1172 | if (PNB->getParent() == A->getParent()) { |
| 1173 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) |
| 1174 | if (related(A->getIncomingValue(i), |
| 1175 | PNB->getIncomingValueForBlock(A->getIncomingBlock(i)))) |
| 1176 | return true; |
| 1177 | return false; |
| 1178 | } |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | // Check each unique source of the PHI node against B. |
| 1181 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 4> UniqueSrc; |
| 1182 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1183 | const Value *PV1 = A->getIncomingValue(i); |
| 1184 | if (UniqueSrc.insert(PV1) && related(PV1, B)) |
| 1185 | return true; |
| 1186 | } |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | // All of the arms checked out. |
| 1189 | return false; |
| 1190 | } |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 | /// isStoredObjCPointer - Test if the value of P, or any value covered by its |
| 1193 | /// provenance, is ever stored within the function (not counting callees). |
| 1194 | static bool isStoredObjCPointer(const Value *P) { |
| 1195 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 8> Visited; |
| 1196 | SmallVector<const Value *, 8> Worklist; |
| 1197 | Worklist.push_back(P); |
| 1198 | Visited.insert(P); |
| 1199 | do { |
| 1200 | P = Worklist.pop_back_val(); |
| 1201 | for (Value::const_use_iterator UI = P->use_begin(), UE = P->use_end(); |
| 1202 | UI != UE; ++UI) { |
| 1203 | const User *Ur = *UI; |
| 1204 | if (isa<StoreInst>(Ur)) { |
| 1205 | if (UI.getOperandNo() == 0) |
| 1206 | // The pointer is stored. |
| 1207 | return true; |
| 1208 | // The pointed is stored through. |
| 1209 | continue; |
| 1210 | } |
| 1211 | if (isa<CallInst>(Ur)) |
| 1212 | // The pointer is passed as an argument, ignore this. |
| 1213 | continue; |
| 1214 | if (isa<PtrToIntInst>(P)) |
| 1215 | // Assume the worst. |
| 1216 | return true; |
| 1217 | if (Visited.insert(Ur)) |
| 1218 | Worklist.push_back(Ur); |
| 1219 | } |
| 1220 | } while (!Worklist.empty()); |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | // Everything checked out. |
| 1223 | return false; |
| 1224 | } |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | bool ProvenanceAnalysis::relatedCheck(const Value *A, const Value *B) { |
| 1227 | // Skip past provenance pass-throughs. |
| 1228 | A = GetUnderlyingObjCPtr(A); |
| 1229 | B = GetUnderlyingObjCPtr(B); |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 | // Quick check. |
| 1232 | if (A == B) |
| 1233 | return true; |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 | // Ask regular AliasAnalysis, for a first approximation. |
| 1236 | switch (AA->alias(A, B)) { |
| 1237 | case AliasAnalysis::NoAlias: |
| 1238 | return false; |
| 1239 | case AliasAnalysis::MustAlias: |
| 1240 | case AliasAnalysis::PartialAlias: |
| 1241 | return true; |
| 1242 | case AliasAnalysis::MayAlias: |
| 1243 | break; |
| 1244 | } |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | bool AIsIdentified = IsObjCIdentifiedObject(A); |
| 1247 | bool BIsIdentified = IsObjCIdentifiedObject(B); |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | // An ObjC-Identified object can't alias a load if it is never locally stored. |
| 1250 | if (AIsIdentified) { |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | // Check for an obvious escape. |
| 1252 | if (isa<LoadInst>(B)) |
| 1253 | return isStoredObjCPointer(A); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | if (BIsIdentified) { |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1255 | // Check for an obvious escape. |
| 1256 | if (isa<LoadInst>(A)) |
| 1257 | return isStoredObjCPointer(B); |
| 1258 | // Both pointers are identified and escapes aren't an evident problem. |
| 1259 | return false; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | } |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | } else if (BIsIdentified) { |
| 1262 | // Check for an obvious escape. |
| 1263 | if (isa<LoadInst>(A)) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | return isStoredObjCPointer(B); |
| 1265 | } |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | // Special handling for PHI and Select. |
| 1268 | if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(A)) |
| 1269 | return relatedPHI(PN, B); |
| 1270 | if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(B)) |
| 1271 | return relatedPHI(PN, A); |
| 1272 | if (const SelectInst *S = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(A)) |
| 1273 | return relatedSelect(S, B); |
| 1274 | if (const SelectInst *S = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(B)) |
| 1275 | return relatedSelect(S, A); |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | // Conservative. |
| 1278 | return true; |
| 1279 | } |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | bool ProvenanceAnalysis::related(const Value *A, const Value *B) { |
| 1282 | // Begin by inserting a conservative value into the map. If the insertion |
| 1283 | // fails, we have the answer already. If it succeeds, leave it there until we |
| 1284 | // compute the real answer to guard against recursive queries. |
| 1285 | if (A > B) std::swap(A, B); |
| 1286 | std::pair<CachedResultsTy::iterator, bool> Pair = |
| 1287 | CachedResults.insert(std::make_pair(ValuePairTy(A, B), true)); |
| 1288 | if (!Pair.second) |
| 1289 | return Pair.first->second; |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 | bool Result = relatedCheck(A, B); |
| 1292 | CachedResults[ValuePairTy(A, B)] = Result; |
| 1293 | return Result; |
| 1294 | } |
| 1295 | |
| 1296 | namespace { |
| 1297 | // Sequence - A sequence of states that a pointer may go through in which an |
| 1298 | // objc_retain and objc_release are actually needed. |
| 1299 | enum Sequence { |
| 1300 | S_None, |
| 1301 | S_Retain, ///< objc_retain(x) |
| 1302 | S_CanRelease, ///< foo(x) -- x could possibly see a ref count decrement |
| 1303 | S_Use, ///< any use of x |
| 1304 | S_Stop, ///< like S_Release, but code motion is stopped |
| 1305 | S_Release, ///< objc_release(x) |
| 1306 | S_MovableRelease ///< objc_release(x), !clang.imprecise_release |
| 1307 | }; |
| 1308 | } |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | static Sequence MergeSeqs(Sequence A, Sequence B, bool TopDown) { |
| 1311 | // The easy cases. |
| 1312 | if (A == B) |
| 1313 | return A; |
| 1314 | if (A == S_None || B == S_None) |
| 1315 | return S_None; |
| 1316 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1317 | if (A > B) std::swap(A, B); |
| 1318 | if (TopDown) { |
| 1319 | // Choose the side which is further along in the sequence. |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | if ((A == S_Retain || A == S_CanRelease) && |
| 1321 | (B == S_CanRelease || B == S_Use)) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | return B; |
| 1323 | } else { |
| 1324 | // Choose the side which is further along in the sequence. |
| 1325 | if ((A == S_Use || A == S_CanRelease) && |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | (B == S_Use || B == S_Release || B == S_Stop || B == S_MovableRelease)) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 | return A; |
| 1328 | // If both sides are releases, choose the more conservative one. |
| 1329 | if (A == S_Stop && (B == S_Release || B == S_MovableRelease)) |
| 1330 | return A; |
| 1331 | if (A == S_Release && B == S_MovableRelease) |
| 1332 | return A; |
| 1333 | } |
| 1334 | |
| 1335 | return S_None; |
| 1336 | } |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | namespace { |
| 1339 | /// RRInfo - Unidirectional information about either a |
| 1340 | /// retain-decrement-use-release sequence or release-use-decrement-retain |
| 1341 | /// reverese sequence. |
| 1342 | struct RRInfo { |
Dan Gohman | e6d5e88 | 2011-08-19 00:26:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1343 | /// KnownSafe - After an objc_retain, the reference count of the referenced |
| 1344 | /// object is known to be positive. Similarly, before an objc_release, the |
| 1345 | /// reference count of the referenced object is known to be positive. If |
| 1346 | /// there are retain-release pairs in code regions where the retain count |
| 1347 | /// is known to be positive, they can be eliminated, regardless of any side |
| 1348 | /// effects between them. |
| 1349 | /// |
| 1350 | /// Also, a retain+release pair nested within another retain+release |
| 1351 | /// pair all on the known same pointer value can be eliminated, regardless |
| 1352 | /// of any intervening side effects. |
| 1353 | /// |
| 1354 | /// KnownSafe is true when either of these conditions is satisfied. |
| 1355 | bool KnownSafe; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 | |
| 1357 | /// IsRetainBlock - True if the Calls are objc_retainBlock calls (as |
| 1358 | /// opposed to objc_retain calls). |
| 1359 | bool IsRetainBlock; |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | /// IsTailCallRelease - True of the objc_release calls are all marked |
| 1362 | /// with the "tail" keyword. |
| 1363 | bool IsTailCallRelease; |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 | /// ReleaseMetadata - If the Calls are objc_release calls and they all have |
| 1366 | /// a clang.imprecise_release tag, this is the metadata tag. |
| 1367 | MDNode *ReleaseMetadata; |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | /// Calls - For a top-down sequence, the set of objc_retains or |
| 1370 | /// objc_retainBlocks. For bottom-up, the set of objc_releases. |
| 1371 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2> Calls; |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | /// ReverseInsertPts - The set of optimal insert positions for |
| 1374 | /// moving calls in the opposite sequence. |
| 1375 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2> ReverseInsertPts; |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | RRInfo() : |
Dan Gohman | 79522dc | 2012-01-13 00:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | KnownSafe(false), IsRetainBlock(false), |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | IsTailCallRelease(false), |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | ReleaseMetadata(0) {} |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | void clear(); |
| 1383 | }; |
| 1384 | } |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | void RRInfo::clear() { |
Dan Gohman | e6d5e88 | 2011-08-19 00:26:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | KnownSafe = false; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | IsRetainBlock = false; |
| 1389 | IsTailCallRelease = false; |
| 1390 | ReleaseMetadata = 0; |
| 1391 | Calls.clear(); |
| 1392 | ReverseInsertPts.clear(); |
| 1393 | } |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | namespace { |
| 1396 | /// PtrState - This class summarizes several per-pointer runtime properties |
| 1397 | /// which are propogated through the flow graph. |
| 1398 | class PtrState { |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | /// KnownPositiveRefCount - True if the reference count is known to |
| 1400 | /// be incremented. |
| 1401 | bool KnownPositiveRefCount; |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | /// Partial - True of we've seen an opportunity for partial RR elimination, |
| 1404 | /// such as pushing calls into a CFG triangle or into one side of a |
| 1405 | /// CFG diamond. |
| 1406 | bool Partial; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | |
| 1408 | /// Seq - The current position in the sequence. |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | Sequence Seq : 8; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | |
| 1411 | public: |
| 1412 | /// RRI - Unidirectional information about the current sequence. |
| 1413 | /// TODO: Encapsulate this better. |
| 1414 | RRInfo RRI; |
| 1415 | |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | PtrState() : KnownPositiveRefCount(false), Partial(false), |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | Seq(S_None) {} |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 | |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1419 | void SetKnownPositiveRefCount() { |
| 1420 | KnownPositiveRefCount = true; |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | } |
| 1422 | |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1423 | void ClearRefCount() { |
| 1424 | KnownPositiveRefCount = false; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1425 | } |
| 1426 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | bool IsKnownIncremented() const { |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 | return KnownPositiveRefCount; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1429 | } |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | void SetSeq(Sequence NewSeq) { |
| 1432 | Seq = NewSeq; |
| 1433 | } |
| 1434 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 | Sequence GetSeq() const { |
| 1436 | return Seq; |
| 1437 | } |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | void ClearSequenceProgress() { |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1440 | ResetSequenceProgress(S_None); |
| 1441 | } |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | void ResetSequenceProgress(Sequence NewSeq) { |
| 1444 | Seq = NewSeq; |
| 1445 | Partial = false; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | RRI.clear(); |
| 1447 | } |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 | void Merge(const PtrState &Other, bool TopDown); |
| 1450 | }; |
| 1451 | } |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | void |
| 1454 | PtrState::Merge(const PtrState &Other, bool TopDown) { |
| 1455 | Seq = MergeSeqs(Seq, Other.Seq, TopDown); |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | KnownPositiveRefCount = KnownPositiveRefCount && Other.KnownPositiveRefCount; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1457 | |
| 1458 | // We can't merge a plain objc_retain with an objc_retainBlock. |
| 1459 | if (RRI.IsRetainBlock != Other.RRI.IsRetainBlock) |
| 1460 | Seq = S_None; |
| 1461 | |
Dan Gohman | 90b8bcd | 2011-10-17 18:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | // If we're not in a sequence (anymore), drop all associated state. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1463 | if (Seq == S_None) { |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1464 | Partial = false; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | RRI.clear(); |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | } else if (Partial || Other.Partial) { |
Dan Gohman | 90b8bcd | 2011-10-17 18:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1467 | // If we're doing a merge on a path that's previously seen a partial |
| 1468 | // merge, conservatively drop the sequence, to avoid doing partial |
| 1469 | // RR elimination. If the branch predicates for the two merge differ, |
| 1470 | // mixing them is unsafe. |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | ClearSequenceProgress(); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1472 | } else { |
| 1473 | // Conservatively merge the ReleaseMetadata information. |
| 1474 | if (RRI.ReleaseMetadata != Other.RRI.ReleaseMetadata) |
| 1475 | RRI.ReleaseMetadata = 0; |
| 1476 | |
Dan Gohman | e6d5e88 | 2011-08-19 00:26:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 | RRI.KnownSafe = RRI.KnownSafe && Other.RRI.KnownSafe; |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | RRI.IsTailCallRelease = RRI.IsTailCallRelease && |
| 1479 | Other.RRI.IsTailCallRelease; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | RRI.Calls.insert(Other.RRI.Calls.begin(), Other.RRI.Calls.end()); |
Dan Gohman | 90b8bcd | 2011-10-17 18:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | |
| 1482 | // Merge the insert point sets. If there are any differences, |
| 1483 | // that makes this a partial merge. |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1484 | Partial = RRI.ReverseInsertPts.size() != Other.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.size(); |
Dan Gohman | 90b8bcd | 2011-10-17 18:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1485 | for (SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>::const_iterator |
| 1486 | I = Other.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.begin(), |
| 1487 | E = Other.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.end(); I != E; ++I) |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1488 | Partial |= RRI.ReverseInsertPts.insert(*I); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 | } |
| 1490 | } |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | namespace { |
| 1493 | /// BBState - Per-BasicBlock state. |
| 1494 | class BBState { |
| 1495 | /// TopDownPathCount - The number of unique control paths from the entry |
| 1496 | /// which can reach this block. |
| 1497 | unsigned TopDownPathCount; |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 | /// BottomUpPathCount - The number of unique control paths to exits |
| 1500 | /// from this block. |
| 1501 | unsigned BottomUpPathCount; |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | /// MapTy - A type for PerPtrTopDown and PerPtrBottomUp. |
| 1504 | typedef MapVector<const Value *, PtrState> MapTy; |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | /// PerPtrTopDown - The top-down traversal uses this to record information |
| 1507 | /// known about a pointer at the bottom of each block. |
| 1508 | MapTy PerPtrTopDown; |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 | /// PerPtrBottomUp - The bottom-up traversal uses this to record information |
| 1511 | /// known about a pointer at the top of each block. |
| 1512 | MapTy PerPtrBottomUp; |
| 1513 | |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | /// Preds, Succs - Effective successors and predecessors of the current |
| 1515 | /// block (this ignores ignorable edges and ignored backedges). |
| 1516 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 2> Preds; |
| 1517 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 2> Succs; |
| 1518 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1519 | public: |
| 1520 | BBState() : TopDownPathCount(0), BottomUpPathCount(0) {} |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | typedef MapTy::iterator ptr_iterator; |
| 1523 | typedef MapTy::const_iterator ptr_const_iterator; |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | ptr_iterator top_down_ptr_begin() { return PerPtrTopDown.begin(); } |
| 1526 | ptr_iterator top_down_ptr_end() { return PerPtrTopDown.end(); } |
| 1527 | ptr_const_iterator top_down_ptr_begin() const { |
| 1528 | return PerPtrTopDown.begin(); |
| 1529 | } |
| 1530 | ptr_const_iterator top_down_ptr_end() const { |
| 1531 | return PerPtrTopDown.end(); |
| 1532 | } |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | ptr_iterator bottom_up_ptr_begin() { return PerPtrBottomUp.begin(); } |
| 1535 | ptr_iterator bottom_up_ptr_end() { return PerPtrBottomUp.end(); } |
| 1536 | ptr_const_iterator bottom_up_ptr_begin() const { |
| 1537 | return PerPtrBottomUp.begin(); |
| 1538 | } |
| 1539 | ptr_const_iterator bottom_up_ptr_end() const { |
| 1540 | return PerPtrBottomUp.end(); |
| 1541 | } |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | /// SetAsEntry - Mark this block as being an entry block, which has one |
| 1544 | /// path from the entry by definition. |
| 1545 | void SetAsEntry() { TopDownPathCount = 1; } |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | /// SetAsExit - Mark this block as being an exit block, which has one |
| 1548 | /// path to an exit by definition. |
| 1549 | void SetAsExit() { BottomUpPathCount = 1; } |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | PtrState &getPtrTopDownState(const Value *Arg) { |
| 1552 | return PerPtrTopDown[Arg]; |
| 1553 | } |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 | PtrState &getPtrBottomUpState(const Value *Arg) { |
| 1556 | return PerPtrBottomUp[Arg]; |
| 1557 | } |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | void clearBottomUpPointers() { |
Evan Cheng | a81388f | 2011-08-04 18:40:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | PerPtrBottomUp.clear(); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | } |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | void clearTopDownPointers() { |
| 1564 | PerPtrTopDown.clear(); |
| 1565 | } |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | void InitFromPred(const BBState &Other); |
| 1568 | void InitFromSucc(const BBState &Other); |
| 1569 | void MergePred(const BBState &Other); |
| 1570 | void MergeSucc(const BBState &Other); |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 | /// GetAllPathCount - Return the number of possible unique paths from an |
| 1573 | /// entry to an exit which pass through this block. This is only valid |
| 1574 | /// after both the top-down and bottom-up traversals are complete. |
| 1575 | unsigned GetAllPathCount() const { |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1576 | assert(TopDownPathCount != 0); |
| 1577 | assert(BottomUpPathCount != 0); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | return TopDownPathCount * BottomUpPathCount; |
| 1579 | } |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | // Specialized CFG utilities. |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | typedef SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock *>::const_iterator edge_iterator; |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | edge_iterator pred_begin() { return Preds.begin(); } |
| 1584 | edge_iterator pred_end() { return Preds.end(); } |
| 1585 | edge_iterator succ_begin() { return Succs.begin(); } |
| 1586 | edge_iterator succ_end() { return Succs.end(); } |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | void addSucc(BasicBlock *Succ) { Succs.push_back(Succ); } |
| 1589 | void addPred(BasicBlock *Pred) { Preds.push_back(Pred); } |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 | bool isExit() const { return Succs.empty(); } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | }; |
| 1593 | } |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 | void BBState::InitFromPred(const BBState &Other) { |
| 1596 | PerPtrTopDown = Other.PerPtrTopDown; |
| 1597 | TopDownPathCount = Other.TopDownPathCount; |
| 1598 | } |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | void BBState::InitFromSucc(const BBState &Other) { |
| 1601 | PerPtrBottomUp = Other.PerPtrBottomUp; |
| 1602 | BottomUpPathCount = Other.BottomUpPathCount; |
| 1603 | } |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | /// MergePred - The top-down traversal uses this to merge information about |
| 1606 | /// predecessors to form the initial state for a new block. |
| 1607 | void BBState::MergePred(const BBState &Other) { |
| 1608 | // Other.TopDownPathCount can be 0, in which case it is either dead or a |
| 1609 | // loop backedge. Loop backedges are special. |
| 1610 | TopDownPathCount += Other.TopDownPathCount; |
| 1611 | |
Dan Gohman | 0d1bc5f | 2012-09-12 20:45:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1612 | // Check for overflow. If we have overflow, fall back to conservative behavior. |
| 1613 | if (TopDownPathCount < Other.TopDownPathCount) { |
| 1614 | clearTopDownPointers(); |
| 1615 | return; |
| 1616 | } |
| 1617 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 | // For each entry in the other set, if our set has an entry with the same key, |
| 1619 | // merge the entries. Otherwise, copy the entry and merge it with an empty |
| 1620 | // entry. |
| 1621 | for (ptr_const_iterator MI = Other.top_down_ptr_begin(), |
| 1622 | ME = Other.top_down_ptr_end(); MI != ME; ++MI) { |
| 1623 | std::pair<ptr_iterator, bool> Pair = PerPtrTopDown.insert(*MI); |
| 1624 | Pair.first->second.Merge(Pair.second ? PtrState() : MI->second, |
| 1625 | /*TopDown=*/true); |
| 1626 | } |
| 1627 | |
Dan Gohman | fa7eed1 | 2011-08-11 21:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | // For each entry in our set, if the other set doesn't have an entry with the |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | // same key, force it to merge with an empty entry. |
| 1630 | for (ptr_iterator MI = top_down_ptr_begin(), |
| 1631 | ME = top_down_ptr_end(); MI != ME; ++MI) |
| 1632 | if (Other.PerPtrTopDown.find(MI->first) == Other.PerPtrTopDown.end()) |
| 1633 | MI->second.Merge(PtrState(), /*TopDown=*/true); |
| 1634 | } |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 | /// MergeSucc - The bottom-up traversal uses this to merge information about |
| 1637 | /// successors to form the initial state for a new block. |
| 1638 | void BBState::MergeSucc(const BBState &Other) { |
| 1639 | // Other.BottomUpPathCount can be 0, in which case it is either dead or a |
| 1640 | // loop backedge. Loop backedges are special. |
| 1641 | BottomUpPathCount += Other.BottomUpPathCount; |
| 1642 | |
Dan Gohman | 0d1bc5f | 2012-09-12 20:45:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 | // Check for overflow. If we have overflow, fall back to conservative behavior. |
| 1644 | if (BottomUpPathCount < Other.BottomUpPathCount) { |
| 1645 | clearBottomUpPointers(); |
| 1646 | return; |
| 1647 | } |
| 1648 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1649 | // For each entry in the other set, if our set has an entry with the |
| 1650 | // same key, merge the entries. Otherwise, copy the entry and merge |
| 1651 | // it with an empty entry. |
| 1652 | for (ptr_const_iterator MI = Other.bottom_up_ptr_begin(), |
| 1653 | ME = Other.bottom_up_ptr_end(); MI != ME; ++MI) { |
| 1654 | std::pair<ptr_iterator, bool> Pair = PerPtrBottomUp.insert(*MI); |
| 1655 | Pair.first->second.Merge(Pair.second ? PtrState() : MI->second, |
| 1656 | /*TopDown=*/false); |
| 1657 | } |
| 1658 | |
Dan Gohman | fa7eed1 | 2011-08-11 21:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | // For each entry in our set, if the other set doesn't have an entry |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1660 | // with the same key, force it to merge with an empty entry. |
| 1661 | for (ptr_iterator MI = bottom_up_ptr_begin(), |
| 1662 | ME = bottom_up_ptr_end(); MI != ME; ++MI) |
| 1663 | if (Other.PerPtrBottomUp.find(MI->first) == Other.PerPtrBottomUp.end()) |
| 1664 | MI->second.Merge(PtrState(), /*TopDown=*/false); |
| 1665 | } |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 | namespace { |
| 1668 | /// ObjCARCOpt - The main ARC optimization pass. |
| 1669 | class ObjCARCOpt : public FunctionPass { |
| 1670 | bool Changed; |
| 1671 | ProvenanceAnalysis PA; |
| 1672 | |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1673 | /// Run - A flag indicating whether this optimization pass should run. |
| 1674 | bool Run; |
| 1675 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1676 | /// RetainRVCallee, etc. - Declarations for ObjC runtime |
| 1677 | /// functions, for use in creating calls to them. These are initialized |
| 1678 | /// lazily to avoid cluttering up the Module with unused declarations. |
| 1679 | Constant *RetainRVCallee, *AutoreleaseRVCallee, *ReleaseCallee, |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 | *RetainCallee, *RetainBlockCallee, *AutoreleaseCallee; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 | |
| 1682 | /// UsedInThisFunciton - Flags which determine whether each of the |
| 1683 | /// interesting runtine functions is in fact used in the current function. |
| 1684 | unsigned UsedInThisFunction; |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | /// ImpreciseReleaseMDKind - The Metadata Kind for clang.imprecise_release |
| 1687 | /// metadata. |
| 1688 | unsigned ImpreciseReleaseMDKind; |
| 1689 | |
Dan Gohman | 62e5b40 | 2011-12-12 18:20:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 | /// CopyOnEscapeMDKind - The Metadata Kind for clang.arc.copy_on_escape |
Dan Gohman | a974bea | 2011-10-17 22:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | /// metadata. |
| 1692 | unsigned CopyOnEscapeMDKind; |
| 1693 | |
Dan Gohman | dbe266b | 2012-02-17 18:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | /// NoObjCARCExceptionsMDKind - The Metadata Kind for |
| 1695 | /// clang.arc.no_objc_arc_exceptions metadata. |
| 1696 | unsigned NoObjCARCExceptionsMDKind; |
| 1697 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1698 | Constant *getRetainRVCallee(Module *M); |
| 1699 | Constant *getAutoreleaseRVCallee(Module *M); |
| 1700 | Constant *getReleaseCallee(Module *M); |
| 1701 | Constant *getRetainCallee(Module *M); |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1702 | Constant *getRetainBlockCallee(Module *M); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1703 | Constant *getAutoreleaseCallee(Module *M); |
| 1704 | |
Dan Gohman | 79522dc | 2012-01-13 00:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | bool IsRetainBlockOptimizable(const Instruction *Inst); |
| 1706 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 | void OptimizeRetainCall(Function &F, Instruction *Retain); |
| 1708 | bool OptimizeRetainRVCall(Function &F, Instruction *RetainRV); |
| 1709 | void OptimizeAutoreleaseRVCall(Function &F, Instruction *AutoreleaseRV); |
| 1710 | void OptimizeIndividualCalls(Function &F); |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | void CheckForCFGHazards(const BasicBlock *BB, |
| 1713 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> &BBStates, |
| 1714 | BBState &MyStates) const; |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 | bool VisitInstructionBottomUp(Instruction *Inst, |
Dan Gohman | fbab4a8 | 2012-03-23 17:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | BasicBlock *BB, |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo> &Retains, |
| 1718 | BBState &MyStates); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 | bool VisitBottomUp(BasicBlock *BB, |
| 1720 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> &BBStates, |
| 1721 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo> &Retains); |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 | bool VisitInstructionTopDown(Instruction *Inst, |
| 1723 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo> &Releases, |
| 1724 | BBState &MyStates); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | bool VisitTopDown(BasicBlock *BB, |
| 1726 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> &BBStates, |
| 1727 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo> &Releases); |
| 1728 | bool Visit(Function &F, |
| 1729 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> &BBStates, |
| 1730 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo> &Retains, |
| 1731 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo> &Releases); |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 | void MoveCalls(Value *Arg, RRInfo &RetainsToMove, RRInfo &ReleasesToMove, |
| 1734 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo> &Retains, |
| 1735 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo> &Releases, |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1736 | SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &DeadInsts, |
| 1737 | Module *M); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1738 | |
| 1739 | bool PerformCodePlacement(DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> &BBStates, |
| 1740 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo> &Retains, |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo> &Releases, |
| 1742 | Module *M); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | |
| 1744 | void OptimizeWeakCalls(Function &F); |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | bool OptimizeSequences(Function &F); |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | void OptimizeReturns(Function &F); |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const; |
| 1751 | virtual bool doInitialization(Module &M); |
| 1752 | virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F); |
| 1753 | virtual void releaseMemory(); |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | public: |
| 1756 | static char ID; |
| 1757 | ObjCARCOpt() : FunctionPass(ID) { |
| 1758 | initializeObjCARCOptPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); |
| 1759 | } |
| 1760 | }; |
| 1761 | } |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | char ObjCARCOpt::ID = 0; |
| 1764 | INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ObjCARCOpt, |
| 1765 | "objc-arc", "ObjC ARC optimization", false, false) |
| 1766 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(ObjCARCAliasAnalysis) |
| 1767 | INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ObjCARCOpt, |
| 1768 | "objc-arc", "ObjC ARC optimization", false, false) |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | Pass *llvm::createObjCARCOptPass() { |
| 1771 | return new ObjCARCOpt(); |
| 1772 | } |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | void ObjCARCOpt::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const { |
| 1775 | AU.addRequired<ObjCARCAliasAnalysis>(); |
| 1776 | AU.addRequired<AliasAnalysis>(); |
| 1777 | // ARC optimization doesn't currently split critical edges. |
| 1778 | AU.setPreservesCFG(); |
| 1779 | } |
| 1780 | |
Dan Gohman | 79522dc | 2012-01-13 00:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | bool ObjCARCOpt::IsRetainBlockOptimizable(const Instruction *Inst) { |
| 1782 | // Without the magic metadata tag, we have to assume this might be an |
| 1783 | // objc_retainBlock call inserted to convert a block pointer to an id, |
| 1784 | // in which case it really is needed. |
| 1785 | if (!Inst->getMetadata(CopyOnEscapeMDKind)) |
| 1786 | return false; |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | // If the pointer "escapes" (not including being used in a call), |
| 1789 | // the copy may be needed. |
| 1790 | if (DoesObjCBlockEscape(Inst)) |
| 1791 | return false; |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | // Otherwise, it's not needed. |
| 1794 | return true; |
| 1795 | } |
| 1796 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | Constant *ObjCARCOpt::getRetainRVCallee(Module *M) { |
| 1798 | if (!RetainRVCallee) { |
| 1799 | LLVMContext &C = M->getContext(); |
Jay Foad | 5fdd6c8 | 2011-07-12 14:06:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | Type *I8X = PointerType::getUnqual(Type::getInt8Ty(C)); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 | Type *Params[] = { I8X }; |
| 1802 | FunctionType *FTy = FunctionType::get(I8X, Params, /*isVarArg=*/false); |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | AttributeSet Attribute = |
Bill Wendling | 99faa3b | 2012-12-07 23:16:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | AttributeSet().addAttr(M->getContext(), AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1805 | Attribute::get(C, Attribute::NoUnwind)); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 | RetainRVCallee = |
| 1807 | M->getOrInsertFunction("objc_retainAutoreleasedReturnValue", FTy, |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | Attribute); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1809 | } |
| 1810 | return RetainRVCallee; |
| 1811 | } |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | Constant *ObjCARCOpt::getAutoreleaseRVCallee(Module *M) { |
| 1814 | if (!AutoreleaseRVCallee) { |
| 1815 | LLVMContext &C = M->getContext(); |
Jay Foad | 5fdd6c8 | 2011-07-12 14:06:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | Type *I8X = PointerType::getUnqual(Type::getInt8Ty(C)); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | Type *Params[] = { I8X }; |
| 1818 | FunctionType *FTy = FunctionType::get(I8X, Params, /*isVarArg=*/false); |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 | AttributeSet Attribute = |
Bill Wendling | 99faa3b | 2012-12-07 23:16:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 | AttributeSet().addAttr(M->getContext(), AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | Attribute::get(C, Attribute::NoUnwind)); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | AutoreleaseRVCallee = |
| 1823 | M->getOrInsertFunction("objc_autoreleaseReturnValue", FTy, |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 | Attribute); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | } |
| 1826 | return AutoreleaseRVCallee; |
| 1827 | } |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 | Constant *ObjCARCOpt::getReleaseCallee(Module *M) { |
| 1830 | if (!ReleaseCallee) { |
| 1831 | LLVMContext &C = M->getContext(); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1832 | Type *Params[] = { PointerType::getUnqual(Type::getInt8Ty(C)) }; |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | AttributeSet Attribute = |
Bill Wendling | 99faa3b | 2012-12-07 23:16:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | AttributeSet().addAttr(M->getContext(), AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1835 | Attribute::get(C, Attribute::NoUnwind)); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | ReleaseCallee = |
| 1837 | M->getOrInsertFunction( |
| 1838 | "objc_release", |
| 1839 | FunctionType::get(Type::getVoidTy(C), Params, /*isVarArg=*/false), |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | Attribute); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | } |
| 1842 | return ReleaseCallee; |
| 1843 | } |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | Constant *ObjCARCOpt::getRetainCallee(Module *M) { |
| 1846 | if (!RetainCallee) { |
| 1847 | LLVMContext &C = M->getContext(); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 | Type *Params[] = { PointerType::getUnqual(Type::getInt8Ty(C)) }; |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | AttributeSet Attribute = |
Bill Wendling | 99faa3b | 2012-12-07 23:16:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | AttributeSet().addAttr(M->getContext(), AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | Attribute::get(C, Attribute::NoUnwind)); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | RetainCallee = |
| 1853 | M->getOrInsertFunction( |
| 1854 | "objc_retain", |
| 1855 | FunctionType::get(Params[0], Params, /*isVarArg=*/false), |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 | Attribute); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | } |
| 1858 | return RetainCallee; |
| 1859 | } |
| 1860 | |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | Constant *ObjCARCOpt::getRetainBlockCallee(Module *M) { |
| 1862 | if (!RetainBlockCallee) { |
| 1863 | LLVMContext &C = M->getContext(); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | Type *Params[] = { PointerType::getUnqual(Type::getInt8Ty(C)) }; |
Dan Gohman | 1d2fd75 | 2011-09-14 18:33:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | // objc_retainBlock is not nounwind because it calls user copy constructors |
| 1866 | // which could theoretically throw. |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | RetainBlockCallee = |
| 1868 | M->getOrInsertFunction( |
| 1869 | "objc_retainBlock", |
| 1870 | FunctionType::get(Params[0], Params, /*isVarArg=*/false), |
Bill Wendling | 99faa3b | 2012-12-07 23:16:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 | AttributeSet()); |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | } |
| 1873 | return RetainBlockCallee; |
| 1874 | } |
| 1875 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | Constant *ObjCARCOpt::getAutoreleaseCallee(Module *M) { |
| 1877 | if (!AutoreleaseCallee) { |
| 1878 | LLVMContext &C = M->getContext(); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | Type *Params[] = { PointerType::getUnqual(Type::getInt8Ty(C)) }; |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | AttributeSet Attribute = |
Bill Wendling | 99faa3b | 2012-12-07 23:16:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1881 | AttributeSet().addAttr(M->getContext(), AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1882 | Attribute::get(C, Attribute::NoUnwind)); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1883 | AutoreleaseCallee = |
| 1884 | M->getOrInsertFunction( |
| 1885 | "objc_autorelease", |
| 1886 | FunctionType::get(Params[0], Params, /*isVarArg=*/false), |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | Attribute); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | } |
| 1889 | return AutoreleaseCallee; |
| 1890 | } |
| 1891 | |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | /// IsPotentialUse - Test whether the given value is possible a |
| 1893 | /// reference-counted pointer, including tests which utilize AliasAnalysis. |
| 1894 | static bool IsPotentialUse(const Value *Op, AliasAnalysis &AA) { |
| 1895 | // First make the rudimentary check. |
| 1896 | if (!IsPotentialUse(Op)) |
| 1897 | return false; |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 | // Objects in constant memory are not reference-counted. |
| 1900 | if (AA.pointsToConstantMemory(Op)) |
| 1901 | return false; |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | // Pointers in constant memory are not pointing to reference-counted objects. |
| 1904 | if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Op)) |
| 1905 | if (AA.pointsToConstantMemory(LI->getPointerOperand())) |
| 1906 | return false; |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 | // Otherwise assume the worst. |
| 1909 | return true; |
| 1910 | } |
| 1911 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | /// CanAlterRefCount - Test whether the given instruction can result in a |
| 1913 | /// reference count modification (positive or negative) for the pointer's |
| 1914 | /// object. |
| 1915 | static bool |
| 1916 | CanAlterRefCount(const Instruction *Inst, const Value *Ptr, |
| 1917 | ProvenanceAnalysis &PA, InstructionClass Class) { |
| 1918 | switch (Class) { |
| 1919 | case IC_Autorelease: |
| 1920 | case IC_AutoreleaseRV: |
| 1921 | case IC_User: |
| 1922 | // These operations never directly modify a reference count. |
| 1923 | return false; |
| 1924 | default: break; |
| 1925 | } |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 | ImmutableCallSite CS = static_cast<const Value *>(Inst); |
| 1928 | assert(CS && "Only calls can alter reference counts!"); |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 | // See if AliasAnalysis can help us with the call. |
| 1931 | AliasAnalysis::ModRefBehavior MRB = PA.getAA()->getModRefBehavior(CS); |
| 1932 | if (AliasAnalysis::onlyReadsMemory(MRB)) |
| 1933 | return false; |
| 1934 | if (AliasAnalysis::onlyAccessesArgPointees(MRB)) { |
| 1935 | for (ImmutableCallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin(), E = CS.arg_end(); |
| 1936 | I != E; ++I) { |
| 1937 | const Value *Op = *I; |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | if (IsPotentialUse(Op, *PA.getAA()) && PA.related(Ptr, Op)) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | return true; |
| 1940 | } |
| 1941 | return false; |
| 1942 | } |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | // Assume the worst. |
| 1945 | return true; |
| 1946 | } |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | /// CanUse - Test whether the given instruction can "use" the given pointer's |
| 1949 | /// object in a way that requires the reference count to be positive. |
| 1950 | static bool |
| 1951 | CanUse(const Instruction *Inst, const Value *Ptr, ProvenanceAnalysis &PA, |
| 1952 | InstructionClass Class) { |
| 1953 | // IC_Call operations (as opposed to IC_CallOrUser) never "use" objc pointers. |
| 1954 | if (Class == IC_Call) |
| 1955 | return false; |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 | // Consider various instructions which may have pointer arguments which are |
| 1958 | // not "uses". |
| 1959 | if (const ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Inst)) { |
| 1960 | // Comparing a pointer with null, or any other constant, isn't really a use, |
| 1961 | // because we don't care what the pointer points to, or about the values |
| 1962 | // of any other dynamic reference-counted pointers. |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 | if (!IsPotentialUse(ICI->getOperand(1), *PA.getAA())) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1964 | return false; |
| 1965 | } else if (ImmutableCallSite CS = static_cast<const Value *>(Inst)) { |
| 1966 | // For calls, just check the arguments (and not the callee operand). |
| 1967 | for (ImmutableCallSite::arg_iterator OI = CS.arg_begin(), |
| 1968 | OE = CS.arg_end(); OI != OE; ++OI) { |
| 1969 | const Value *Op = *OI; |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1970 | if (IsPotentialUse(Op, *PA.getAA()) && PA.related(Ptr, Op)) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | return true; |
| 1972 | } |
| 1973 | return false; |
| 1974 | } else if (const StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst)) { |
| 1975 | // Special-case stores, because we don't care about the stored value, just |
| 1976 | // the store address. |
| 1977 | const Value *Op = GetUnderlyingObjCPtr(SI->getPointerOperand()); |
| 1978 | // If we can't tell what the underlying object was, assume there is a |
| 1979 | // dependence. |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1980 | return IsPotentialUse(Op, *PA.getAA()) && PA.related(Op, Ptr); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 | } |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 | // Check each operand for a match. |
| 1984 | for (User::const_op_iterator OI = Inst->op_begin(), OE = Inst->op_end(); |
| 1985 | OI != OE; ++OI) { |
| 1986 | const Value *Op = *OI; |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 | if (IsPotentialUse(Op, *PA.getAA()) && PA.related(Ptr, Op)) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | return true; |
| 1989 | } |
| 1990 | return false; |
| 1991 | } |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | /// CanInterruptRV - Test whether the given instruction can autorelease |
| 1994 | /// any pointer or cause an autoreleasepool pop. |
| 1995 | static bool |
| 1996 | CanInterruptRV(InstructionClass Class) { |
| 1997 | switch (Class) { |
| 1998 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPop: |
| 1999 | case IC_CallOrUser: |
| 2000 | case IC_Call: |
| 2001 | case IC_Autorelease: |
| 2002 | case IC_AutoreleaseRV: |
| 2003 | case IC_FusedRetainAutorelease: |
| 2004 | case IC_FusedRetainAutoreleaseRV: |
| 2005 | return true; |
| 2006 | default: |
| 2007 | return false; |
| 2008 | } |
| 2009 | } |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 | namespace { |
| 2012 | /// DependenceKind - There are several kinds of dependence-like concepts in |
| 2013 | /// use here. |
| 2014 | enum DependenceKind { |
| 2015 | NeedsPositiveRetainCount, |
Dan Gohman | 511568d | 2012-04-13 00:59:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2016 | AutoreleasePoolBoundary, |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | CanChangeRetainCount, |
| 2018 | RetainAutoreleaseDep, ///< Blocks objc_retainAutorelease. |
| 2019 | RetainAutoreleaseRVDep, ///< Blocks objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue. |
| 2020 | RetainRVDep ///< Blocks objc_retainAutoreleasedReturnValue. |
| 2021 | }; |
| 2022 | } |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 | /// Depends - Test if there can be dependencies on Inst through Arg. This |
| 2025 | /// function only tests dependencies relevant for removing pairs of calls. |
| 2026 | static bool |
| 2027 | Depends(DependenceKind Flavor, Instruction *Inst, const Value *Arg, |
| 2028 | ProvenanceAnalysis &PA) { |
| 2029 | // If we've reached the definition of Arg, stop. |
| 2030 | if (Inst == Arg) |
| 2031 | return true; |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 | switch (Flavor) { |
| 2034 | case NeedsPositiveRetainCount: { |
| 2035 | InstructionClass Class = GetInstructionClass(Inst); |
| 2036 | switch (Class) { |
| 2037 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPop: |
| 2038 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPush: |
| 2039 | case IC_None: |
| 2040 | return false; |
| 2041 | default: |
| 2042 | return CanUse(Inst, Arg, PA, Class); |
| 2043 | } |
| 2044 | } |
| 2045 | |
Dan Gohman | 511568d | 2012-04-13 00:59:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 | case AutoreleasePoolBoundary: { |
| 2047 | InstructionClass Class = GetInstructionClass(Inst); |
| 2048 | switch (Class) { |
| 2049 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPop: |
| 2050 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPush: |
| 2051 | // These mark the end and begin of an autorelease pool scope. |
| 2052 | return true; |
| 2053 | default: |
| 2054 | // Nothing else does this. |
| 2055 | return false; |
| 2056 | } |
| 2057 | } |
| 2058 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | case CanChangeRetainCount: { |
| 2060 | InstructionClass Class = GetInstructionClass(Inst); |
| 2061 | switch (Class) { |
| 2062 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPop: |
| 2063 | // Conservatively assume this can decrement any count. |
| 2064 | return true; |
| 2065 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPush: |
| 2066 | case IC_None: |
| 2067 | return false; |
| 2068 | default: |
| 2069 | return CanAlterRefCount(Inst, Arg, PA, Class); |
| 2070 | } |
| 2071 | } |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | case RetainAutoreleaseDep: |
| 2074 | switch (GetBasicInstructionClass(Inst)) { |
| 2075 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPop: |
Dan Gohman | 511568d | 2012-04-13 00:59:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPush: |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 | // Don't merge an objc_autorelease with an objc_retain inside a different |
| 2078 | // autoreleasepool scope. |
| 2079 | return true; |
| 2080 | case IC_Retain: |
| 2081 | case IC_RetainRV: |
| 2082 | // Check for a retain of the same pointer for merging. |
| 2083 | return GetObjCArg(Inst) == Arg; |
| 2084 | default: |
| 2085 | // Nothing else matters for objc_retainAutorelease formation. |
| 2086 | return false; |
| 2087 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | |
| 2089 | case RetainAutoreleaseRVDep: { |
| 2090 | InstructionClass Class = GetBasicInstructionClass(Inst); |
| 2091 | switch (Class) { |
| 2092 | case IC_Retain: |
| 2093 | case IC_RetainRV: |
| 2094 | // Check for a retain of the same pointer for merging. |
| 2095 | return GetObjCArg(Inst) == Arg; |
| 2096 | default: |
| 2097 | // Anything that can autorelease interrupts |
| 2098 | // retainAutoreleaseReturnValue formation. |
| 2099 | return CanInterruptRV(Class); |
| 2100 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2101 | } |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | case RetainRVDep: |
| 2104 | return CanInterruptRV(GetBasicInstructionClass(Inst)); |
| 2105 | } |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid dependence flavor"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | } |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | /// FindDependencies - Walk up the CFG from StartPos (which is in StartBB) and |
| 2111 | /// find local and non-local dependencies on Arg. |
| 2112 | /// TODO: Cache results? |
| 2113 | static void |
| 2114 | FindDependencies(DependenceKind Flavor, |
| 2115 | const Value *Arg, |
| 2116 | BasicBlock *StartBB, Instruction *StartInst, |
| 2117 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> &DependingInstructions, |
| 2118 | SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 4> &Visited, |
| 2119 | ProvenanceAnalysis &PA) { |
| 2120 | BasicBlock::iterator StartPos = StartInst; |
| 2121 | |
| 2122 | SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock::iterator>, 4> Worklist; |
| 2123 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(StartBB, StartPos)); |
| 2124 | do { |
| 2125 | std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock::iterator> Pair = |
| 2126 | Worklist.pop_back_val(); |
| 2127 | BasicBlock *LocalStartBB = Pair.first; |
| 2128 | BasicBlock::iterator LocalStartPos = Pair.second; |
| 2129 | BasicBlock::iterator StartBBBegin = LocalStartBB->begin(); |
| 2130 | for (;;) { |
| 2131 | if (LocalStartPos == StartBBBegin) { |
| 2132 | pred_iterator PI(LocalStartBB), PE(LocalStartBB, false); |
| 2133 | if (PI == PE) |
| 2134 | // If we've reached the function entry, produce a null dependence. |
| 2135 | DependingInstructions.insert(0); |
| 2136 | else |
| 2137 | // Add the predecessors to the worklist. |
| 2138 | do { |
| 2139 | BasicBlock *PredBB = *PI; |
| 2140 | if (Visited.insert(PredBB)) |
| 2141 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(PredBB, PredBB->end())); |
| 2142 | } while (++PI != PE); |
| 2143 | break; |
| 2144 | } |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | Instruction *Inst = --LocalStartPos; |
| 2147 | if (Depends(Flavor, Inst, Arg, PA)) { |
| 2148 | DependingInstructions.insert(Inst); |
| 2149 | break; |
| 2150 | } |
| 2151 | } |
| 2152 | } while (!Worklist.empty()); |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | // Determine whether the original StartBB post-dominates all of the blocks we |
| 2155 | // visited. If not, insert a sentinal indicating that most optimizations are |
| 2156 | // not safe. |
| 2157 | for (SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 4>::const_iterator I = Visited.begin(), |
| 2158 | E = Visited.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 2159 | const BasicBlock *BB = *I; |
| 2160 | if (BB == StartBB) |
| 2161 | continue; |
| 2162 | const TerminatorInst *TI = cast<TerminatorInst>(&BB->back()); |
| 2163 | for (succ_const_iterator SI(TI), SE(TI, false); SI != SE; ++SI) { |
| 2164 | const BasicBlock *Succ = *SI; |
| 2165 | if (Succ != StartBB && !Visited.count(Succ)) { |
| 2166 | DependingInstructions.insert(reinterpret_cast<Instruction *>(-1)); |
| 2167 | return; |
| 2168 | } |
| 2169 | } |
| 2170 | } |
| 2171 | } |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 | static bool isNullOrUndef(const Value *V) { |
| 2174 | return isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V) || isa<UndefValue>(V); |
| 2175 | } |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 | static bool isNoopInstruction(const Instruction *I) { |
| 2178 | return isa<BitCastInst>(I) || |
| 2179 | (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) && |
| 2180 | cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)->hasAllZeroIndices()); |
| 2181 | } |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | /// OptimizeRetainCall - Turn objc_retain into |
| 2184 | /// objc_retainAutoreleasedReturnValue if the operand is a return value. |
| 2185 | void |
| 2186 | ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeRetainCall(Function &F, Instruction *Retain) { |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2187 | ImmutableCallSite CS(GetObjCArg(Retain)); |
| 2188 | const Instruction *Call = CS.getInstruction(); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | if (!Call) return; |
| 2190 | if (Call->getParent() != Retain->getParent()) return; |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 | // Check that the call is next to the retain. |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | BasicBlock::const_iterator I = Call; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2194 | ++I; |
| 2195 | while (isNoopInstruction(I)) ++I; |
| 2196 | if (&*I != Retain) |
| 2197 | return; |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | // Turn it to an objc_retainAutoreleasedReturnValue.. |
| 2200 | Changed = true; |
| 2201 | ++NumPeeps; |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2202 | |
Michael Gottesman | 715f6a6 | 2013-01-04 21:30:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2203 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeRetainCall: Transforming " |
| 2204 | "objc_retainAutoreleasedReturnValue => " |
| 2205 | "objc_retain since the operand is not a return value.\n" |
| 2206 | " Old: " |
| 2207 | << *Retain << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2208 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | cast<CallInst>(Retain)->setCalledFunction(getRetainRVCallee(F.getParent())); |
Michael Gottesman | 715f6a6 | 2013-01-04 21:30:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | |
| 2211 | DEBUG(dbgs() << " New: " |
| 2212 | << *Retain << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2213 | } |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | /// OptimizeRetainRVCall - Turn objc_retainAutoreleasedReturnValue into |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | /// objc_retain if the operand is not a return value. Or, if it can be paired |
| 2217 | /// with an objc_autoreleaseReturnValue, delete the pair and return true. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | bool |
| 2219 | ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeRetainRVCall(Function &F, Instruction *RetainRV) { |
Dan Gohman | 6fedb3c | 2012-03-23 18:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | // Check for the argument being from an immediately preceding call or invoke. |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | const Value *Arg = GetObjCArg(RetainRV); |
| 2222 | ImmutableCallSite CS(Arg); |
| 2223 | if (const Instruction *Call = CS.getInstruction()) { |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | if (Call->getParent() == RetainRV->getParent()) { |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 | BasicBlock::const_iterator I = Call; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | ++I; |
| 2227 | while (isNoopInstruction(I)) ++I; |
| 2228 | if (&*I == RetainRV) |
| 2229 | return false; |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | } else if (const InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Call)) { |
Dan Gohman | 6fedb3c | 2012-03-23 18:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | BasicBlock *RetainRVParent = RetainRV->getParent(); |
| 2232 | if (II->getNormalDest() == RetainRVParent) { |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2233 | BasicBlock::const_iterator I = RetainRVParent->begin(); |
Dan Gohman | 6fedb3c | 2012-03-23 18:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | while (isNoopInstruction(I)) ++I; |
| 2235 | if (&*I == RetainRV) |
| 2236 | return false; |
| 2237 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 | } |
Dan Gohman | 6fedb3c | 2012-03-23 18:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | |
| 2241 | // Check for being preceded by an objc_autoreleaseReturnValue on the same |
| 2242 | // pointer. In this case, we can delete the pair. |
| 2243 | BasicBlock::iterator I = RetainRV, Begin = RetainRV->getParent()->begin(); |
| 2244 | if (I != Begin) { |
| 2245 | do --I; while (I != Begin && isNoopInstruction(I)); |
| 2246 | if (GetBasicInstructionClass(I) == IC_AutoreleaseRV && |
| 2247 | GetObjCArg(I) == Arg) { |
| 2248 | Changed = true; |
| 2249 | ++NumPeeps; |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | |
Michael Gottesman | 87a0f02 | 2013-01-05 17:55:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeRetainRVCall: Erasing " << *I << "\n" |
| 2252 | << " Erasing " << *RetainRV |
| 2253 | << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | EraseInstruction(I); |
| 2256 | EraseInstruction(RetainRV); |
| 2257 | return true; |
| 2258 | } |
| 2259 | } |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | // Turn it to a plain objc_retain. |
| 2262 | Changed = true; |
| 2263 | ++NumPeeps; |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | |
Michael Gottesman | 36e4bc4 | 2013-01-05 17:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeRetainRVCall: Transforming " |
| 2266 | "objc_retainAutoreleasedReturnValue => " |
| 2267 | "objc_retain since the operand is not a return value.\n" |
| 2268 | " Old: " |
| 2269 | << *RetainRV << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2270 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2271 | cast<CallInst>(RetainRV)->setCalledFunction(getRetainCallee(F.getParent())); |
Michael Gottesman | 36e4bc4 | 2013-01-05 17:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2272 | |
| 2273 | DEBUG(dbgs() << " New: " |
| 2274 | << *RetainRV << "\n"); |
| 2275 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 | return false; |
| 2277 | } |
| 2278 | |
| 2279 | /// OptimizeAutoreleaseRVCall - Turn objc_autoreleaseReturnValue into |
| 2280 | /// objc_autorelease if the result is not used as a return value. |
| 2281 | void |
| 2282 | ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeAutoreleaseRVCall(Function &F, Instruction *AutoreleaseRV) { |
| 2283 | // Check for a return of the pointer value. |
| 2284 | const Value *Ptr = GetObjCArg(AutoreleaseRV); |
Dan Gohman | 126a54f | 2011-08-12 00:36:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 | SmallVector<const Value *, 2> Users; |
| 2286 | Users.push_back(Ptr); |
| 2287 | do { |
| 2288 | Ptr = Users.pop_back_val(); |
| 2289 | for (Value::const_use_iterator UI = Ptr->use_begin(), UE = Ptr->use_end(); |
| 2290 | UI != UE; ++UI) { |
| 2291 | const User *I = *UI; |
| 2292 | if (isa<ReturnInst>(I) || GetBasicInstructionClass(I) == IC_RetainRV) |
| 2293 | return; |
| 2294 | if (isa<BitCastInst>(I)) |
| 2295 | Users.push_back(I); |
| 2296 | } |
| 2297 | } while (!Users.empty()); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | |
| 2299 | Changed = true; |
| 2300 | ++NumPeeps; |
Michael Gottesman | 48239c7 | 2013-01-06 21:07:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | |
| 2302 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeAutoreleaseRVCall: Transforming " |
| 2303 | "objc_autoreleaseReturnValue => " |
| 2304 | "objc_autorelease since its operand is not used as a return " |
| 2305 | "value.\n" |
| 2306 | " Old: " |
| 2307 | << *AutoreleaseRV << "\n"); |
| 2308 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2309 | cast<CallInst>(AutoreleaseRV)-> |
| 2310 | setCalledFunction(getAutoreleaseCallee(F.getParent())); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2311 | |
Michael Gottesman | 48239c7 | 2013-01-06 21:07:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 | DEBUG(dbgs() << " New: " |
| 2313 | << *AutoreleaseRV << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | } |
| 2316 | |
| 2317 | /// OptimizeIndividualCalls - Visit each call, one at a time, and make |
| 2318 | /// simplifications without doing any additional analysis. |
| 2319 | void ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeIndividualCalls(Function &F) { |
| 2320 | // Reset all the flags in preparation for recomputing them. |
| 2321 | UsedInThisFunction = 0; |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 | // Visit all objc_* calls in F. |
| 2324 | for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(&F), E = inst_end(&F); I != E; ) { |
| 2325 | Instruction *Inst = &*I++; |
Michael Gottesman | 8f22c8b | 2013-01-01 16:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | |
Michael Gottesman | 5c0ae47 | 2013-01-04 21:29:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeIndividualCalls: Visiting: " << |
Michael Gottesman | 8f22c8b | 2013-01-01 16:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | *Inst << "\n"); |
| 2329 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | InstructionClass Class = GetBasicInstructionClass(Inst); |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 | switch (Class) { |
| 2333 | default: break; |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | // Delete no-op casts. These function calls have special semantics, but |
| 2336 | // the semantics are entirely implemented via lowering in the front-end, |
| 2337 | // so by the time they reach the optimizer, they are just no-op calls |
| 2338 | // which return their argument. |
| 2339 | // |
| 2340 | // There are gray areas here, as the ability to cast reference-counted |
| 2341 | // pointers to raw void* and back allows code to break ARC assumptions, |
| 2342 | // however these are currently considered to be unimportant. |
| 2343 | case IC_NoopCast: |
| 2344 | Changed = true; |
| 2345 | ++NumNoops; |
Michael Gottesman | 4680abe | 2013-01-06 21:07:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeIndividualCalls: Erasing no-op cast:" |
| 2347 | " " << *Inst << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | EraseInstruction(Inst); |
| 2349 | continue; |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | // If the pointer-to-weak-pointer is null, it's undefined behavior. |
| 2352 | case IC_StoreWeak: |
| 2353 | case IC_LoadWeak: |
| 2354 | case IC_LoadWeakRetained: |
| 2355 | case IC_InitWeak: |
| 2356 | case IC_DestroyWeak: { |
| 2357 | CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(Inst); |
| 2358 | if (isNullOrUndef(CI->getArgOperand(0))) { |
Dan Gohman | d6bf201 | 2012-04-13 18:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 | Changed = true; |
Chris Lattner | db125cf | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 | Type *Ty = CI->getArgOperand(0)->getType(); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 | new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getElementType()), |
| 2362 | Constant::getNullValue(Ty), |
| 2363 | CI); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 | llvm::Value *NewValue = UndefValue::get(CI->getType()); |
Michael Gottesman | e549492 | 2013-01-06 21:54:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2365 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeIndividualCalls: A null " |
| 2366 | "pointer-to-weak-pointer is undefined behavior.\n" |
| 2367 | " Old = " << *CI << |
| 2368 | "\n New = " << |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | *NewValue << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | e549492 | 2013-01-06 21:54:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 | CI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewValue); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2371 | CI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 2372 | continue; |
| 2373 | } |
| 2374 | break; |
| 2375 | } |
| 2376 | case IC_CopyWeak: |
| 2377 | case IC_MoveWeak: { |
| 2378 | CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(Inst); |
| 2379 | if (isNullOrUndef(CI->getArgOperand(0)) || |
| 2380 | isNullOrUndef(CI->getArgOperand(1))) { |
Dan Gohman | d6bf201 | 2012-04-13 18:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | Changed = true; |
Chris Lattner | db125cf | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2382 | Type *Ty = CI->getArgOperand(0)->getType(); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2383 | new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getElementType()), |
| 2384 | Constant::getNullValue(Ty), |
| 2385 | CI); |
Michael Gottesman | e549492 | 2013-01-06 21:54:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 | |
| 2387 | llvm::Value *NewValue = UndefValue::get(CI->getType()); |
| 2388 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeIndividualCalls: A null " |
| 2389 | "pointer-to-weak-pointer is undefined behavior.\n" |
| 2390 | " Old = " << *CI << |
| 2391 | "\n New = " << |
| 2392 | *NewValue << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | |
Michael Gottesman | e549492 | 2013-01-06 21:54:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2394 | CI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewValue); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | CI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 2396 | continue; |
| 2397 | } |
| 2398 | break; |
| 2399 | } |
| 2400 | case IC_Retain: |
| 2401 | OptimizeRetainCall(F, Inst); |
| 2402 | break; |
| 2403 | case IC_RetainRV: |
| 2404 | if (OptimizeRetainRVCall(F, Inst)) |
| 2405 | continue; |
| 2406 | break; |
| 2407 | case IC_AutoreleaseRV: |
| 2408 | OptimizeAutoreleaseRVCall(F, Inst); |
| 2409 | break; |
| 2410 | } |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 | // objc_autorelease(x) -> objc_release(x) if x is otherwise unused. |
| 2413 | if (IsAutorelease(Class) && Inst->use_empty()) { |
| 2414 | CallInst *Call = cast<CallInst>(Inst); |
| 2415 | const Value *Arg = Call->getArgOperand(0); |
| 2416 | Arg = FindSingleUseIdentifiedObject(Arg); |
| 2417 | if (Arg) { |
| 2418 | Changed = true; |
| 2419 | ++NumAutoreleases; |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | // Create the declaration lazily. |
| 2422 | LLVMContext &C = Inst->getContext(); |
| 2423 | CallInst *NewCall = |
| 2424 | CallInst::Create(getReleaseCallee(F.getParent()), |
| 2425 | Call->getArgOperand(0), "", Call); |
| 2426 | NewCall->setMetadata(ImpreciseReleaseMDKind, |
| 2427 | MDNode::get(C, ArrayRef<Value *>())); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | |
Michael Gottesman | 20d9fff | 2013-01-06 22:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeIndividualCalls: Replacing " |
| 2430 | "objc_autorelease(x) with objc_release(x) since x is " |
| 2431 | "otherwise unused.\n" |
Michael Gottesman | 7956127 | 2013-01-06 22:56:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 | " Old: " << *Call << |
Michael Gottesman | 20d9fff | 2013-01-06 22:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | "\n New: " << |
| 2434 | *NewCall << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | EraseInstruction(Call); |
| 2437 | Inst = NewCall; |
| 2438 | Class = IC_Release; |
| 2439 | } |
| 2440 | } |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | // For functions which can never be passed stack arguments, add |
| 2443 | // a tail keyword. |
| 2444 | if (IsAlwaysTail(Class)) { |
| 2445 | Changed = true; |
Michael Gottesman | 817d4e9 | 2013-01-06 23:39:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeIndividualCalls: Adding tail keyword" |
| 2447 | " to function since it can never be passed stack args: " << *Inst << |
| 2448 | "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | cast<CallInst>(Inst)->setTailCall(); |
| 2450 | } |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | // Set nounwind as needed. |
| 2453 | if (IsNoThrow(Class)) { |
| 2454 | Changed = true; |
Michael Gottesman | 38bc25a | 2013-01-06 23:39:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeIndividualCalls: Found no throw" |
| 2456 | " class. Setting nounwind on: " << *Inst << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | cast<CallInst>(Inst)->setDoesNotThrow(); |
| 2458 | } |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | if (!IsNoopOnNull(Class)) { |
| 2461 | UsedInThisFunction |= 1 << Class; |
| 2462 | continue; |
| 2463 | } |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | const Value *Arg = GetObjCArg(Inst); |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 | // ARC calls with null are no-ops. Delete them. |
| 2468 | if (isNullOrUndef(Arg)) { |
| 2469 | Changed = true; |
| 2470 | ++NumNoops; |
Michael Gottesman | fbe4d6b | 2013-01-07 00:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2471 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeIndividualCalls: ARC calls with " |
| 2472 | " null are no-ops. Erasing: " << *Inst << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | EraseInstruction(Inst); |
| 2474 | continue; |
| 2475 | } |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | // Keep track of which of retain, release, autorelease, and retain_block |
| 2478 | // are actually present in this function. |
| 2479 | UsedInThisFunction |= 1 << Class; |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | // If Arg is a PHI, and one or more incoming values to the |
| 2482 | // PHI are null, and the call is control-equivalent to the PHI, and there |
| 2483 | // are no relevant side effects between the PHI and the call, the call |
| 2484 | // could be pushed up to just those paths with non-null incoming values. |
| 2485 | // For now, don't bother splitting critical edges for this. |
| 2486 | SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, const Value *>, 4> Worklist; |
| 2487 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(Inst, Arg)); |
| 2488 | do { |
| 2489 | std::pair<Instruction *, const Value *> Pair = Worklist.pop_back_val(); |
| 2490 | Inst = Pair.first; |
| 2491 | Arg = Pair.second; |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Arg); |
| 2494 | if (!PN) continue; |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | // Determine if the PHI has any null operands, or any incoming |
| 2497 | // critical edges. |
| 2498 | bool HasNull = false; |
| 2499 | bool HasCriticalEdges = false; |
| 2500 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2501 | Value *Incoming = |
| 2502 | StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(PN->getIncomingValue(i)); |
| 2503 | if (isNullOrUndef(Incoming)) |
| 2504 | HasNull = true; |
| 2505 | else if (cast<TerminatorInst>(PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->back()) |
| 2506 | .getNumSuccessors() != 1) { |
| 2507 | HasCriticalEdges = true; |
| 2508 | break; |
| 2509 | } |
| 2510 | } |
| 2511 | // If we have null operands and no critical edges, optimize. |
| 2512 | if (!HasCriticalEdges && HasNull) { |
| 2513 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> DependingInstructions; |
| 2514 | SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 4> Visited; |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 | // Check that there is nothing that cares about the reference |
| 2517 | // count between the call and the phi. |
Dan Gohman | 511568d | 2012-04-13 00:59:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 | switch (Class) { |
| 2519 | case IC_Retain: |
| 2520 | case IC_RetainBlock: |
| 2521 | // These can always be moved up. |
| 2522 | break; |
| 2523 | case IC_Release: |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2524 | // These can't be moved across things that care about the retain |
| 2525 | // count. |
Dan Gohman | 511568d | 2012-04-13 00:59:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 | FindDependencies(NeedsPositiveRetainCount, Arg, |
| 2527 | Inst->getParent(), Inst, |
| 2528 | DependingInstructions, Visited, PA); |
| 2529 | break; |
| 2530 | case IC_Autorelease: |
| 2531 | // These can't be moved across autorelease pool scope boundaries. |
| 2532 | FindDependencies(AutoreleasePoolBoundary, Arg, |
| 2533 | Inst->getParent(), Inst, |
| 2534 | DependingInstructions, Visited, PA); |
| 2535 | break; |
| 2536 | case IC_RetainRV: |
| 2537 | case IC_AutoreleaseRV: |
| 2538 | // Don't move these; the RV optimization depends on the autoreleaseRV |
| 2539 | // being tail called, and the retainRV being immediately after a call |
| 2540 | // (which might still happen if we get lucky with codegen layout, but |
| 2541 | // it's not worth taking the chance). |
| 2542 | continue; |
| 2543 | default: |
| 2544 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid dependence flavor"); |
| 2545 | } |
| 2546 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | if (DependingInstructions.size() == 1 && |
| 2548 | *DependingInstructions.begin() == PN) { |
| 2549 | Changed = true; |
| 2550 | ++NumPartialNoops; |
| 2551 | // Clone the call into each predecessor that has a non-null value. |
| 2552 | CallInst *CInst = cast<CallInst>(Inst); |
Chris Lattner | db125cf | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | Type *ParamTy = CInst->getArgOperand(0)->getType(); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2555 | Value *Incoming = |
| 2556 | StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(PN->getIncomingValue(i)); |
| 2557 | if (!isNullOrUndef(Incoming)) { |
| 2558 | CallInst *Clone = cast<CallInst>(CInst->clone()); |
| 2559 | Value *Op = PN->getIncomingValue(i); |
| 2560 | Instruction *InsertPos = &PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->back(); |
| 2561 | if (Op->getType() != ParamTy) |
| 2562 | Op = new BitCastInst(Op, ParamTy, "", InsertPos); |
| 2563 | Clone->setArgOperand(0, Op); |
| 2564 | Clone->insertBefore(InsertPos); |
Michael Gottesman | 5581115 | 2013-01-09 19:23:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 | |
| 2566 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeIndividualCalls: Cloning " |
| 2567 | << *CInst << "\n" |
| 2568 | " And inserting " |
| 2569 | "clone at " << *InsertPos << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(Clone, Incoming)); |
| 2571 | } |
| 2572 | } |
| 2573 | // Erase the original call. |
Michael Gottesman | 5581115 | 2013-01-09 19:23:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2574 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Erasing: " << *CInst << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 | EraseInstruction(CInst); |
| 2576 | continue; |
| 2577 | } |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | } while (!Worklist.empty()); |
Michael Gottesman | 8f22c8b | 2013-01-01 16:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | |
Michael Gottesman | 5c0ae47 | 2013-01-04 21:29:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeIndividualCalls: Finished Queue.\n\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 8f22c8b | 2013-01-01 16:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | } |
| 2584 | } |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | /// CheckForCFGHazards - Check for critical edges, loop boundaries, irreducible |
| 2587 | /// control flow, or other CFG structures where moving code across the edge |
| 2588 | /// would result in it being executed more. |
| 2589 | void |
| 2590 | ObjCARCOpt::CheckForCFGHazards(const BasicBlock *BB, |
| 2591 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> &BBStates, |
| 2592 | BBState &MyStates) const { |
| 2593 | // If any top-down local-use or possible-dec has a succ which is earlier in |
| 2594 | // the sequence, forget it. |
Dan Gohman | 22cc4cc | 2012-03-02 01:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | for (BBState::ptr_iterator I = MyStates.top_down_ptr_begin(), |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2596 | E = MyStates.top_down_ptr_end(); I != E; ++I) |
| 2597 | switch (I->second.GetSeq()) { |
| 2598 | default: break; |
| 2599 | case S_Use: { |
| 2600 | const Value *Arg = I->first; |
| 2601 | const TerminatorInst *TI = cast<TerminatorInst>(&BB->back()); |
| 2602 | bool SomeSuccHasSame = false; |
| 2603 | bool AllSuccsHaveSame = true; |
Dan Gohman | 22cc4cc | 2012-03-02 01:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | PtrState &S = I->second; |
Dan Gohman | dbe266b | 2012-02-17 18:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 | succ_const_iterator SI(TI), SE(TI, false); |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | // If the terminator is an invoke marked with the |
| 2608 | // clang.arc.no_objc_arc_exceptions metadata, the unwind edge can be |
| 2609 | // ignored, for ARC purposes. |
| 2610 | if (isa<InvokeInst>(TI) && TI->getMetadata(NoObjCARCExceptionsMDKind)) |
| 2611 | --SE; |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | for (; SI != SE; ++SI) { |
Dan Gohman | 70e2968 | 2012-03-02 01:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | Sequence SuccSSeq = S_None; |
| 2615 | bool SuccSRRIKnownSafe = false; |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | // If VisitBottomUp has pointer information for this successor, take |
| 2617 | // what we know about it. |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState>::iterator BBI = |
| 2619 | BBStates.find(*SI); |
| 2620 | assert(BBI != BBStates.end()); |
| 2621 | const PtrState &SuccS = BBI->second.getPtrBottomUpState(Arg); |
| 2622 | SuccSSeq = SuccS.GetSeq(); |
| 2623 | SuccSRRIKnownSafe = SuccS.RRI.KnownSafe; |
Dan Gohman | 70e2968 | 2012-03-02 01:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 | switch (SuccSSeq) { |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2625 | case S_None: |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 | case S_CanRelease: { |
Dan Gohman | 70e2968 | 2012-03-02 01:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2627 | if (!S.RRI.KnownSafe && !SuccSRRIKnownSafe) { |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2628 | S.ClearSequenceProgress(); |
Dan Gohman | 70e2968 | 2012-03-02 01:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 | break; |
| 2630 | } |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | continue; |
| 2632 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | case S_Use: |
| 2634 | SomeSuccHasSame = true; |
| 2635 | break; |
| 2636 | case S_Stop: |
| 2637 | case S_Release: |
| 2638 | case S_MovableRelease: |
Dan Gohman | 70e2968 | 2012-03-02 01:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2639 | if (!S.RRI.KnownSafe && !SuccSRRIKnownSafe) |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2640 | AllSuccsHaveSame = false; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2641 | break; |
| 2642 | case S_Retain: |
| 2643 | llvm_unreachable("bottom-up pointer in retain state!"); |
| 2644 | } |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2645 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2646 | // If the state at the other end of any of the successor edges |
| 2647 | // matches the current state, require all edges to match. This |
| 2648 | // guards against loops in the middle of a sequence. |
| 2649 | if (SomeSuccHasSame && !AllSuccsHaveSame) |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | S.ClearSequenceProgress(); |
Dan Gohman | 2e68beb | 2011-12-12 18:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2651 | break; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 | } |
| 2653 | case S_CanRelease: { |
| 2654 | const Value *Arg = I->first; |
| 2655 | const TerminatorInst *TI = cast<TerminatorInst>(&BB->back()); |
| 2656 | bool SomeSuccHasSame = false; |
| 2657 | bool AllSuccsHaveSame = true; |
Dan Gohman | 22cc4cc | 2012-03-02 01:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | PtrState &S = I->second; |
Dan Gohman | dbe266b | 2012-02-17 18:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | succ_const_iterator SI(TI), SE(TI, false); |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 | // If the terminator is an invoke marked with the |
| 2662 | // clang.arc.no_objc_arc_exceptions metadata, the unwind edge can be |
| 2663 | // ignored, for ARC purposes. |
| 2664 | if (isa<InvokeInst>(TI) && TI->getMetadata(NoObjCARCExceptionsMDKind)) |
| 2665 | --SE; |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 | for (; SI != SE; ++SI) { |
Dan Gohman | 70e2968 | 2012-03-02 01:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | Sequence SuccSSeq = S_None; |
| 2669 | bool SuccSRRIKnownSafe = false; |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | // If VisitBottomUp has pointer information for this successor, take |
| 2671 | // what we know about it. |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState>::iterator BBI = |
| 2673 | BBStates.find(*SI); |
| 2674 | assert(BBI != BBStates.end()); |
| 2675 | const PtrState &SuccS = BBI->second.getPtrBottomUpState(Arg); |
| 2676 | SuccSSeq = SuccS.GetSeq(); |
| 2677 | SuccSRRIKnownSafe = SuccS.RRI.KnownSafe; |
Dan Gohman | 70e2968 | 2012-03-02 01:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2678 | switch (SuccSSeq) { |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2679 | case S_None: { |
Dan Gohman | 70e2968 | 2012-03-02 01:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | if (!S.RRI.KnownSafe && !SuccSRRIKnownSafe) { |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 | S.ClearSequenceProgress(); |
Dan Gohman | 70e2968 | 2012-03-02 01:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 | break; |
| 2683 | } |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 | continue; |
| 2685 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2686 | case S_CanRelease: |
| 2687 | SomeSuccHasSame = true; |
| 2688 | break; |
| 2689 | case S_Stop: |
| 2690 | case S_Release: |
| 2691 | case S_MovableRelease: |
| 2692 | case S_Use: |
Dan Gohman | 70e2968 | 2012-03-02 01:26:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | if (!S.RRI.KnownSafe && !SuccSRRIKnownSafe) |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2694 | AllSuccsHaveSame = false; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 | break; |
| 2696 | case S_Retain: |
| 2697 | llvm_unreachable("bottom-up pointer in retain state!"); |
| 2698 | } |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2699 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2700 | // If the state at the other end of any of the successor edges |
| 2701 | // matches the current state, require all edges to match. This |
| 2702 | // guards against loops in the middle of a sequence. |
| 2703 | if (SomeSuccHasSame && !AllSuccsHaveSame) |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2704 | S.ClearSequenceProgress(); |
Dan Gohman | 2e68beb | 2011-12-12 18:13:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2705 | break; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2706 | } |
| 2707 | } |
| 2708 | } |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | bool |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | ObjCARCOpt::VisitInstructionBottomUp(Instruction *Inst, |
Dan Gohman | fbab4a8 | 2012-03-23 17:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 | BasicBlock *BB, |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2713 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo> &Retains, |
| 2714 | BBState &MyStates) { |
| 2715 | bool NestingDetected = false; |
| 2716 | InstructionClass Class = GetInstructionClass(Inst); |
| 2717 | const Value *Arg = 0; |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | switch (Class) { |
| 2720 | case IC_Release: { |
| 2721 | Arg = GetObjCArg(Inst); |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | PtrState &S = MyStates.getPtrBottomUpState(Arg); |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 | // If we see two releases in a row on the same pointer. If so, make |
| 2726 | // a note, and we'll cicle back to revisit it after we've |
| 2727 | // hopefully eliminated the second release, which may allow us to |
| 2728 | // eliminate the first release too. |
| 2729 | // Theoretically we could implement removal of nested retain+release |
| 2730 | // pairs by making PtrState hold a stack of states, but this is |
| 2731 | // simple and avoids adding overhead for the non-nested case. |
| 2732 | if (S.GetSeq() == S_Release || S.GetSeq() == S_MovableRelease) |
| 2733 | NestingDetected = true; |
| 2734 | |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2735 | MDNode *ReleaseMetadata = Inst->getMetadata(ImpreciseReleaseMDKind); |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | S.ResetSequenceProgress(ReleaseMetadata ? S_MovableRelease : S_Release); |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | S.RRI.ReleaseMetadata = ReleaseMetadata; |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | S.RRI.KnownSafe = S.IsKnownIncremented(); |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | S.RRI.IsTailCallRelease = cast<CallInst>(Inst)->isTailCall(); |
| 2740 | S.RRI.Calls.insert(Inst); |
| 2741 | |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | S.SetKnownPositiveRefCount(); |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | break; |
| 2744 | } |
| 2745 | case IC_RetainBlock: |
| 2746 | // An objc_retainBlock call with just a use may need to be kept, |
| 2747 | // because it may be copying a block from the stack to the heap. |
| 2748 | if (!IsRetainBlockOptimizable(Inst)) |
| 2749 | break; |
| 2750 | // FALLTHROUGH |
| 2751 | case IC_Retain: |
| 2752 | case IC_RetainRV: { |
| 2753 | Arg = GetObjCArg(Inst); |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | PtrState &S = MyStates.getPtrBottomUpState(Arg); |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | S.SetKnownPositiveRefCount(); |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 | |
| 2758 | switch (S.GetSeq()) { |
| 2759 | case S_Stop: |
| 2760 | case S_Release: |
| 2761 | case S_MovableRelease: |
| 2762 | case S_Use: |
| 2763 | S.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.clear(); |
| 2764 | // FALL THROUGH |
| 2765 | case S_CanRelease: |
| 2766 | // Don't do retain+release tracking for IC_RetainRV, because it's |
| 2767 | // better to let it remain as the first instruction after a call. |
| 2768 | if (Class != IC_RetainRV) { |
| 2769 | S.RRI.IsRetainBlock = Class == IC_RetainBlock; |
| 2770 | Retains[Inst] = S.RRI; |
| 2771 | } |
| 2772 | S.ClearSequenceProgress(); |
| 2773 | break; |
| 2774 | case S_None: |
| 2775 | break; |
| 2776 | case S_Retain: |
| 2777 | llvm_unreachable("bottom-up pointer in retain state!"); |
| 2778 | } |
| 2779 | return NestingDetected; |
| 2780 | } |
| 2781 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPop: |
| 2782 | // Conservatively, clear MyStates for all known pointers. |
| 2783 | MyStates.clearBottomUpPointers(); |
| 2784 | return NestingDetected; |
| 2785 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPush: |
| 2786 | case IC_None: |
| 2787 | // These are irrelevant. |
| 2788 | return NestingDetected; |
| 2789 | default: |
| 2790 | break; |
| 2791 | } |
| 2792 | |
| 2793 | // Consider any other possible effects of this instruction on each |
| 2794 | // pointer being tracked. |
| 2795 | for (BBState::ptr_iterator MI = MyStates.bottom_up_ptr_begin(), |
| 2796 | ME = MyStates.bottom_up_ptr_end(); MI != ME; ++MI) { |
| 2797 | const Value *Ptr = MI->first; |
| 2798 | if (Ptr == Arg) |
| 2799 | continue; // Handled above. |
| 2800 | PtrState &S = MI->second; |
| 2801 | Sequence Seq = S.GetSeq(); |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | // Check for possible releases. |
| 2804 | if (CanAlterRefCount(Inst, Ptr, PA, Class)) { |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | S.ClearRefCount(); |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2806 | switch (Seq) { |
| 2807 | case S_Use: |
| 2808 | S.SetSeq(S_CanRelease); |
| 2809 | continue; |
| 2810 | case S_CanRelease: |
| 2811 | case S_Release: |
| 2812 | case S_MovableRelease: |
| 2813 | case S_Stop: |
| 2814 | case S_None: |
| 2815 | break; |
| 2816 | case S_Retain: |
| 2817 | llvm_unreachable("bottom-up pointer in retain state!"); |
| 2818 | } |
| 2819 | } |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | // Check for possible direct uses. |
| 2822 | switch (Seq) { |
| 2823 | case S_Release: |
| 2824 | case S_MovableRelease: |
| 2825 | if (CanUse(Inst, Ptr, PA, Class)) { |
| 2826 | assert(S.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.empty()); |
Dan Gohman | fbab4a8 | 2012-03-23 17:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | // If this is an invoke instruction, we're scanning it as part of |
| 2828 | // one of its successor blocks, since we can't insert code after it |
| 2829 | // in its own block, and we don't want to split critical edges. |
| 2830 | if (isa<InvokeInst>(Inst)) |
| 2831 | S.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.insert(BB->getFirstInsertionPt()); |
| 2832 | else |
Francois Pichet | b54a5ed | 2012-03-24 01:36:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 | S.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.insert(llvm::next(BasicBlock::iterator(Inst))); |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | S.SetSeq(S_Use); |
| 2835 | } else if (Seq == S_Release && |
| 2836 | (Class == IC_User || Class == IC_CallOrUser)) { |
| 2837 | // Non-movable releases depend on any possible objc pointer use. |
| 2838 | S.SetSeq(S_Stop); |
| 2839 | assert(S.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.empty()); |
Dan Gohman | fbab4a8 | 2012-03-23 17:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 | // As above; handle invoke specially. |
| 2841 | if (isa<InvokeInst>(Inst)) |
| 2842 | S.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.insert(BB->getFirstInsertionPt()); |
| 2843 | else |
Francois Pichet | b54a5ed | 2012-03-24 01:36:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 | S.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.insert(llvm::next(BasicBlock::iterator(Inst))); |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 | } |
| 2846 | break; |
| 2847 | case S_Stop: |
| 2848 | if (CanUse(Inst, Ptr, PA, Class)) |
| 2849 | S.SetSeq(S_Use); |
| 2850 | break; |
| 2851 | case S_CanRelease: |
| 2852 | case S_Use: |
| 2853 | case S_None: |
| 2854 | break; |
| 2855 | case S_Retain: |
| 2856 | llvm_unreachable("bottom-up pointer in retain state!"); |
| 2857 | } |
| 2858 | } |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | return NestingDetected; |
| 2861 | } |
| 2862 | |
| 2863 | bool |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 | ObjCARCOpt::VisitBottomUp(BasicBlock *BB, |
| 2865 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> &BBStates, |
| 2866 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo> &Retains) { |
| 2867 | bool NestingDetected = false; |
| 2868 | BBState &MyStates = BBStates[BB]; |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | // Merge the states from each successor to compute the initial state |
| 2871 | // for the current block. |
Dan Gohman | 40e4660 | 2012-08-27 18:31:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | BBState::edge_iterator SI(MyStates.succ_begin()), |
| 2873 | SE(MyStates.succ_end()); |
| 2874 | if (SI != SE) { |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | const BasicBlock *Succ = *SI; |
| 2876 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState>::iterator I = BBStates.find(Succ); |
| 2877 | assert(I != BBStates.end()); |
| 2878 | MyStates.InitFromSucc(I->second); |
| 2879 | ++SI; |
| 2880 | for (; SI != SE; ++SI) { |
| 2881 | Succ = *SI; |
| 2882 | I = BBStates.find(Succ); |
| 2883 | assert(I != BBStates.end()); |
| 2884 | MyStates.MergeSucc(I->second); |
| 2885 | } |
Dan Gohman | dbe266b | 2012-02-17 18:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2887 | |
| 2888 | // Visit all the instructions, bottom-up. |
| 2889 | for (BasicBlock::iterator I = BB->end(), E = BB->begin(); I != E; --I) { |
| 2890 | Instruction *Inst = llvm::prior(I); |
Dan Gohman | fbab4a8 | 2012-03-23 17:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | |
| 2892 | // Invoke instructions are visited as part of their successors (below). |
| 2893 | if (isa<InvokeInst>(Inst)) |
| 2894 | continue; |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 | NestingDetected |= VisitInstructionBottomUp(Inst, BB, Retains, MyStates); |
| 2897 | } |
| 2898 | |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2899 | // If there's a predecessor with an invoke, visit the invoke as if it were |
| 2900 | // part of this block, since we can't insert code after an invoke in its own |
| 2901 | // block, and we don't want to split critical edges. |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | for (BBState::edge_iterator PI(MyStates.pred_begin()), |
| 2903 | PE(MyStates.pred_end()); PI != PE; ++PI) { |
Dan Gohman | fbab4a8 | 2012-03-23 17:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2904 | BasicBlock *Pred = *PI; |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(&Pred->back())) |
| 2906 | NestingDetected |= VisitInstructionBottomUp(II, BB, Retains, MyStates); |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 | |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2909 | return NestingDetected; |
| 2910 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 | |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2912 | bool |
| 2913 | ObjCARCOpt::VisitInstructionTopDown(Instruction *Inst, |
| 2914 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo> &Releases, |
| 2915 | BBState &MyStates) { |
| 2916 | bool NestingDetected = false; |
| 2917 | InstructionClass Class = GetInstructionClass(Inst); |
| 2918 | const Value *Arg = 0; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 | |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2920 | switch (Class) { |
| 2921 | case IC_RetainBlock: |
| 2922 | // An objc_retainBlock call with just a use may need to be kept, |
| 2923 | // because it may be copying a block from the stack to the heap. |
| 2924 | if (!IsRetainBlockOptimizable(Inst)) |
| 2925 | break; |
| 2926 | // FALLTHROUGH |
| 2927 | case IC_Retain: |
| 2928 | case IC_RetainRV: { |
| 2929 | Arg = GetObjCArg(Inst); |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | PtrState &S = MyStates.getPtrTopDownState(Arg); |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 | // Don't do retain+release tracking for IC_RetainRV, because it's |
| 2934 | // better to let it remain as the first instruction after a call. |
| 2935 | if (Class != IC_RetainRV) { |
| 2936 | // If we see two retains in a row on the same pointer. If so, make |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 | // a note, and we'll cicle back to revisit it after we've |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | // hopefully eliminated the second retain, which may allow us to |
| 2939 | // eliminate the first retain too. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2940 | // Theoretically we could implement removal of nested retain+release |
| 2941 | // pairs by making PtrState hold a stack of states, but this is |
| 2942 | // simple and avoids adding overhead for the non-nested case. |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2943 | if (S.GetSeq() == S_Retain) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2944 | NestingDetected = true; |
| 2945 | |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2946 | S.ResetSequenceProgress(S_Retain); |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 | S.RRI.IsRetainBlock = Class == IC_RetainBlock; |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | S.RRI.KnownSafe = S.IsKnownIncremented(); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | S.RRI.Calls.insert(Inst); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2951 | |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | S.SetKnownPositiveRefCount(); |
Dan Gohman | c72d3be | 2012-07-23 19:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | |
| 2954 | // A retain can be a potential use; procede to the generic checking |
| 2955 | // code below. |
| 2956 | break; |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2957 | } |
| 2958 | case IC_Release: { |
| 2959 | Arg = GetObjCArg(Inst); |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | PtrState &S = MyStates.getPtrTopDownState(Arg); |
Dan Gohman | 230768b | 2012-09-04 23:16:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | S.ClearRefCount(); |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2963 | |
| 2964 | switch (S.GetSeq()) { |
| 2965 | case S_Retain: |
| 2966 | case S_CanRelease: |
| 2967 | S.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.clear(); |
| 2968 | // FALL THROUGH |
| 2969 | case S_Use: |
| 2970 | S.RRI.ReleaseMetadata = Inst->getMetadata(ImpreciseReleaseMDKind); |
| 2971 | S.RRI.IsTailCallRelease = cast<CallInst>(Inst)->isTailCall(); |
| 2972 | Releases[Inst] = S.RRI; |
| 2973 | S.ClearSequenceProgress(); |
| 2974 | break; |
| 2975 | case S_None: |
| 2976 | break; |
| 2977 | case S_Stop: |
| 2978 | case S_Release: |
| 2979 | case S_MovableRelease: |
| 2980 | llvm_unreachable("top-down pointer in release state!"); |
| 2981 | } |
| 2982 | break; |
| 2983 | } |
| 2984 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPop: |
| 2985 | // Conservatively, clear MyStates for all known pointers. |
| 2986 | MyStates.clearTopDownPointers(); |
| 2987 | return NestingDetected; |
| 2988 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPush: |
| 2989 | case IC_None: |
| 2990 | // These are irrelevant. |
| 2991 | return NestingDetected; |
| 2992 | default: |
| 2993 | break; |
| 2994 | } |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | // Consider any other possible effects of this instruction on each |
| 2997 | // pointer being tracked. |
| 2998 | for (BBState::ptr_iterator MI = MyStates.top_down_ptr_begin(), |
| 2999 | ME = MyStates.top_down_ptr_end(); MI != ME; ++MI) { |
| 3000 | const Value *Ptr = MI->first; |
| 3001 | if (Ptr == Arg) |
| 3002 | continue; // Handled above. |
| 3003 | PtrState &S = MI->second; |
| 3004 | Sequence Seq = S.GetSeq(); |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 | // Check for possible releases. |
| 3007 | if (CanAlterRefCount(Inst, Ptr, PA, Class)) { |
Dan Gohman | 50ade65 | 2012-04-25 00:50:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | S.ClearRefCount(); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | switch (Seq) { |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | case S_Retain: |
| 3011 | S.SetSeq(S_CanRelease); |
| 3012 | assert(S.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.empty()); |
| 3013 | S.RRI.ReverseInsertPts.insert(Inst); |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | // One call can't cause a transition from S_Retain to S_CanRelease |
| 3016 | // and S_CanRelease to S_Use. If we've made the first transition, |
| 3017 | // we're done. |
| 3018 | continue; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | case S_Use: |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | case S_CanRelease: |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | case S_None: |
| 3022 | break; |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | case S_Stop: |
| 3024 | case S_Release: |
| 3025 | case S_MovableRelease: |
| 3026 | llvm_unreachable("top-down pointer in release state!"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3027 | } |
| 3028 | } |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3029 | |
| 3030 | // Check for possible direct uses. |
| 3031 | switch (Seq) { |
| 3032 | case S_CanRelease: |
| 3033 | if (CanUse(Inst, Ptr, PA, Class)) |
| 3034 | S.SetSeq(S_Use); |
| 3035 | break; |
| 3036 | case S_Retain: |
| 3037 | case S_Use: |
| 3038 | case S_None: |
| 3039 | break; |
| 3040 | case S_Stop: |
| 3041 | case S_Release: |
| 3042 | case S_MovableRelease: |
| 3043 | llvm_unreachable("top-down pointer in release state!"); |
| 3044 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | } |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | return NestingDetected; |
| 3048 | } |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | bool |
| 3051 | ObjCARCOpt::VisitTopDown(BasicBlock *BB, |
| 3052 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> &BBStates, |
| 3053 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo> &Releases) { |
| 3054 | bool NestingDetected = false; |
| 3055 | BBState &MyStates = BBStates[BB]; |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 | // Merge the states from each predecessor to compute the initial state |
| 3058 | // for the current block. |
Dan Gohman | 40e4660 | 2012-08-27 18:31:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | BBState::edge_iterator PI(MyStates.pred_begin()), |
| 3060 | PE(MyStates.pred_end()); |
| 3061 | if (PI != PE) { |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3062 | const BasicBlock *Pred = *PI; |
| 3063 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState>::iterator I = BBStates.find(Pred); |
| 3064 | assert(I != BBStates.end()); |
| 3065 | MyStates.InitFromPred(I->second); |
| 3066 | ++PI; |
| 3067 | for (; PI != PE; ++PI) { |
| 3068 | Pred = *PI; |
| 3069 | I = BBStates.find(Pred); |
| 3070 | assert(I != BBStates.end()); |
| 3071 | MyStates.MergePred(I->second); |
| 3072 | } |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3073 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 | |
| 3075 | // Visit all the instructions, top-down. |
| 3076 | for (BasicBlock::iterator I = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 3077 | Instruction *Inst = I; |
Dan Gohman | c7f5c6e | 2012-03-22 18:24:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 | NestingDetected |= VisitInstructionTopDown(Inst, Releases, MyStates); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 | } |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | CheckForCFGHazards(BB, BBStates, MyStates); |
| 3082 | return NestingDetected; |
| 3083 | } |
| 3084 | |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3085 | static void |
| 3086 | ComputePostOrders(Function &F, |
| 3087 | SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock *> &PostOrder, |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 | SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock *> &ReverseCFGPostOrder, |
| 3089 | unsigned NoObjCARCExceptionsMDKind, |
| 3090 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> &BBStates) { |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | /// Visited - The visited set, for doing DFS walks. |
| 3092 | SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> Visited; |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | // Do DFS, computing the PostOrder. |
| 3095 | SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> OnStack; |
| 3096 | SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock *, succ_iterator>, 16> SuccStack; |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | |
| 3098 | // Functions always have exactly one entry block, and we don't have |
| 3099 | // any other block that we treat like an entry block. |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3100 | BasicBlock *EntryBB = &F.getEntryBlock(); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | BBState &MyStates = BBStates[EntryBB]; |
| 3102 | MyStates.SetAsEntry(); |
| 3103 | TerminatorInst *EntryTI = cast<TerminatorInst>(&EntryBB->back()); |
| 3104 | SuccStack.push_back(std::make_pair(EntryBB, succ_iterator(EntryTI))); |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3105 | Visited.insert(EntryBB); |
| 3106 | OnStack.insert(EntryBB); |
| 3107 | do { |
| 3108 | dfs_next_succ: |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | BasicBlock *CurrBB = SuccStack.back().first; |
| 3110 | TerminatorInst *TI = cast<TerminatorInst>(&CurrBB->back()); |
| 3111 | succ_iterator SE(TI, false); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3112 | |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | // If the terminator is an invoke marked with the |
| 3114 | // clang.arc.no_objc_arc_exceptions metadata, the unwind edge can be |
| 3115 | // ignored, for ARC purposes. |
| 3116 | if (isa<InvokeInst>(TI) && TI->getMetadata(NoObjCARCExceptionsMDKind)) |
| 3117 | --SE; |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 | while (SuccStack.back().second != SE) { |
| 3120 | BasicBlock *SuccBB = *SuccStack.back().second++; |
| 3121 | if (Visited.insert(SuccBB)) { |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | TerminatorInst *TI = cast<TerminatorInst>(&SuccBB->back()); |
| 3123 | SuccStack.push_back(std::make_pair(SuccBB, succ_iterator(TI))); |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3124 | BBStates[CurrBB].addSucc(SuccBB); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3125 | BBState &SuccStates = BBStates[SuccBB]; |
| 3126 | SuccStates.addPred(CurrBB); |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 | OnStack.insert(SuccBB); |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | goto dfs_next_succ; |
| 3129 | } |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | |
| 3131 | if (!OnStack.count(SuccBB)) { |
| 3132 | BBStates[CurrBB].addSucc(SuccBB); |
| 3133 | BBStates[SuccBB].addPred(CurrBB); |
| 3134 | } |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3135 | } |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3136 | OnStack.erase(CurrBB); |
| 3137 | PostOrder.push_back(CurrBB); |
| 3138 | SuccStack.pop_back(); |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3139 | } while (!SuccStack.empty()); |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 | Visited.clear(); |
| 3142 | |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3143 | // Do reverse-CFG DFS, computing the reverse-CFG PostOrder. |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3144 | // Functions may have many exits, and there also blocks which we treat |
| 3145 | // as exits due to ignored edges. |
| 3146 | SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock *, BBState::edge_iterator>, 16> PredStack; |
| 3147 | for (Function::iterator I = F.begin(), E = F.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 3148 | BasicBlock *ExitBB = I; |
| 3149 | BBState &MyStates = BBStates[ExitBB]; |
| 3150 | if (!MyStates.isExit()) |
| 3151 | continue; |
| 3152 | |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | MyStates.SetAsExit(); |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 | |
| 3155 | PredStack.push_back(std::make_pair(ExitBB, MyStates.pred_begin())); |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | Visited.insert(ExitBB); |
| 3157 | while (!PredStack.empty()) { |
| 3158 | reverse_dfs_next_succ: |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3159 | BBState::edge_iterator PE = BBStates[PredStack.back().first].pred_end(); |
| 3160 | while (PredStack.back().second != PE) { |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | BasicBlock *BB = *PredStack.back().second++; |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | if (Visited.insert(BB)) { |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3163 | PredStack.push_back(std::make_pair(BB, BBStates[BB].pred_begin())); |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | goto reverse_dfs_next_succ; |
| 3165 | } |
| 3166 | } |
| 3167 | ReverseCFGPostOrder.push_back(PredStack.pop_back_val().first); |
| 3168 | } |
| 3169 | } |
| 3170 | } |
| 3171 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3172 | // Visit - Visit the function both top-down and bottom-up. |
| 3173 | bool |
| 3174 | ObjCARCOpt::Visit(Function &F, |
| 3175 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> &BBStates, |
| 3176 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo> &Retains, |
| 3177 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo> &Releases) { |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3178 | |
| 3179 | // Use reverse-postorder traversals, because we magically know that loops |
| 3180 | // will be well behaved, i.e. they won't repeatedly call retain on a single |
| 3181 | // pointer without doing a release. We can't use the ReversePostOrderTraversal |
| 3182 | // class here because we want the reverse-CFG postorder to consider each |
| 3183 | // function exit point, and we want to ignore selected cycle edges. |
| 3184 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 16> PostOrder; |
| 3185 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 16> ReverseCFGPostOrder; |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | ComputePostOrders(F, PostOrder, ReverseCFGPostOrder, |
| 3187 | NoObjCARCExceptionsMDKind, |
| 3188 | BBStates); |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 | |
| 3190 | // Use reverse-postorder on the reverse CFG for bottom-up. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3191 | bool BottomUpNestingDetected = false; |
Dan Gohman | b48ef3a | 2011-08-18 21:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 | for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock *>::const_reverse_iterator I = |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 | ReverseCFGPostOrder.rbegin(), E = ReverseCFGPostOrder.rend(); |
| 3194 | I != E; ++I) |
| 3195 | BottomUpNestingDetected |= VisitBottomUp(*I, BBStates, Retains); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 | |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 | // Use reverse-postorder for top-down. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3198 | bool TopDownNestingDetected = false; |
Dan Gohman | 59a1c93 | 2011-12-12 19:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3199 | for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock *>::const_reverse_iterator I = |
| 3200 | PostOrder.rbegin(), E = PostOrder.rend(); |
| 3201 | I != E; ++I) |
| 3202 | TopDownNestingDetected |= VisitTopDown(*I, BBStates, Releases); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3203 | |
| 3204 | return TopDownNestingDetected && BottomUpNestingDetected; |
| 3205 | } |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 | /// MoveCalls - Move the calls in RetainsToMove and ReleasesToMove. |
| 3208 | void ObjCARCOpt::MoveCalls(Value *Arg, |
| 3209 | RRInfo &RetainsToMove, |
| 3210 | RRInfo &ReleasesToMove, |
| 3211 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo> &Retains, |
| 3212 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo> &Releases, |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &DeadInsts, |
| 3214 | Module *M) { |
Chris Lattner | db125cf | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3215 | Type *ArgTy = Arg->getType(); |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3216 | Type *ParamTy = PointerType::getUnqual(Type::getInt8Ty(ArgTy->getContext())); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3217 | |
| 3218 | // Insert the new retain and release calls. |
| 3219 | for (SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>::const_iterator |
| 3220 | PI = ReleasesToMove.ReverseInsertPts.begin(), |
| 3221 | PE = ReleasesToMove.ReverseInsertPts.end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { |
| 3222 | Instruction *InsertPt = *PI; |
| 3223 | Value *MyArg = ArgTy == ParamTy ? Arg : |
| 3224 | new BitCastInst(Arg, ParamTy, "", InsertPt); |
| 3225 | CallInst *Call = |
| 3226 | CallInst::Create(RetainsToMove.IsRetainBlock ? |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3227 | getRetainBlockCallee(M) : getRetainCallee(M), |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 | MyArg, "", InsertPt); |
| 3229 | Call->setDoesNotThrow(); |
Dan Gohman | 79522dc | 2012-01-13 00:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | if (RetainsToMove.IsRetainBlock) |
Dan Gohman | a974bea | 2011-10-17 22:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3231 | Call->setMetadata(CopyOnEscapeMDKind, |
| 3232 | MDNode::get(M->getContext(), ArrayRef<Value *>())); |
Dan Gohman | 79522dc | 2012-01-13 00:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3233 | else |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3234 | Call->setTailCall(); |
Michael Gottesman | 5581115 | 2013-01-09 19:23:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3235 | |
| 3236 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::MoveCalls: Inserting new Release: " << *Call |
| 3237 | << "\n" |
| 3238 | " At insertion point: " << *InsertPt |
| 3239 | << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3240 | } |
| 3241 | for (SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>::const_iterator |
| 3242 | PI = RetainsToMove.ReverseInsertPts.begin(), |
| 3243 | PE = RetainsToMove.ReverseInsertPts.end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { |
Dan Gohman | fbab4a8 | 2012-03-23 17:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 | Instruction *InsertPt = *PI; |
| 3245 | Value *MyArg = ArgTy == ParamTy ? Arg : |
| 3246 | new BitCastInst(Arg, ParamTy, "", InsertPt); |
| 3247 | CallInst *Call = CallInst::Create(getReleaseCallee(M), MyArg, |
| 3248 | "", InsertPt); |
| 3249 | // Attach a clang.imprecise_release metadata tag, if appropriate. |
| 3250 | if (MDNode *M = ReleasesToMove.ReleaseMetadata) |
| 3251 | Call->setMetadata(ImpreciseReleaseMDKind, M); |
| 3252 | Call->setDoesNotThrow(); |
| 3253 | if (ReleasesToMove.IsTailCallRelease) |
| 3254 | Call->setTailCall(); |
Michael Gottesman | 5581115 | 2013-01-09 19:23:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3255 | |
| 3256 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::MoveCalls: Inserting new Retain: " << *Call |
| 3257 | << "\n" |
| 3258 | " At insertion point: " << *InsertPt |
| 3259 | << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3260 | } |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | // Delete the original retain and release calls. |
| 3263 | for (SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>::const_iterator |
| 3264 | AI = RetainsToMove.Calls.begin(), |
| 3265 | AE = RetainsToMove.Calls.end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { |
| 3266 | Instruction *OrigRetain = *AI; |
| 3267 | Retains.blot(OrigRetain); |
| 3268 | DeadInsts.push_back(OrigRetain); |
Michael Gottesman | 5581115 | 2013-01-09 19:23:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::MoveCalls: Deleting retain: " << *OrigRetain << |
| 3270 | "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3271 | } |
| 3272 | for (SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>::const_iterator |
| 3273 | AI = ReleasesToMove.Calls.begin(), |
| 3274 | AE = ReleasesToMove.Calls.end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { |
| 3275 | Instruction *OrigRelease = *AI; |
| 3276 | Releases.erase(OrigRelease); |
| 3277 | DeadInsts.push_back(OrigRelease); |
Michael Gottesman | 5581115 | 2013-01-09 19:23:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3278 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::MoveCalls: Deleting release: " << *OrigRelease |
| 3279 | << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3280 | } |
| 3281 | } |
| 3282 | |
Dan Gohman | d6bf201 | 2012-04-13 18:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3283 | /// PerformCodePlacement - Identify pairings between the retains and releases, |
| 3284 | /// and delete and/or move them. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3285 | bool |
| 3286 | ObjCARCOpt::PerformCodePlacement(DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> |
| 3287 | &BBStates, |
| 3288 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo> &Retains, |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo> &Releases, |
| 3290 | Module *M) { |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3291 | bool AnyPairsCompletelyEliminated = false; |
| 3292 | RRInfo RetainsToMove; |
| 3293 | RRInfo ReleasesToMove; |
| 3294 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> NewRetains; |
| 3295 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> NewReleases; |
| 3296 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> DeadInsts; |
| 3297 | |
Dan Gohman | d6bf201 | 2012-04-13 18:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3298 | // Visit each retain. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3299 | for (MapVector<Value *, RRInfo>::const_iterator I = Retains.begin(), |
Dan Gohman | 597fece | 2011-09-29 22:25:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3300 | E = Retains.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 3301 | Value *V = I->first; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 | if (!V) continue; // blotted |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | Instruction *Retain = cast<Instruction>(V); |
Michael Gottesman | 5581115 | 2013-01-09 19:23:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3305 | |
| 3306 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::PerformCodePlacement: Visiting: " << *Retain |
| 3307 | << "\n"); |
| 3308 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3309 | Value *Arg = GetObjCArg(Retain); |
| 3310 | |
Dan Gohman | 79522dc | 2012-01-13 00:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3311 | // If the object being released is in static or stack storage, we know it's |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 | // not being managed by ObjC reference counting, so we can delete pairs |
| 3313 | // regardless of what possible decrements or uses lie between them. |
Dan Gohman | 79522dc | 2012-01-13 00:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3314 | bool KnownSafe = isa<Constant>(Arg) || isa<AllocaInst>(Arg); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | |
Dan Gohman | 1b31ea8 | 2011-08-22 17:29:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3316 | // A constant pointer can't be pointing to an object on the heap. It may |
| 3317 | // be reference-counted, but it won't be deleted. |
| 3318 | if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Arg)) |
| 3319 | if (const GlobalVariable *GV = |
| 3320 | dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>( |
| 3321 | StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(LI->getPointerOperand()))) |
| 3322 | if (GV->isConstant()) |
| 3323 | KnownSafe = true; |
| 3324 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3325 | // If a pair happens in a region where it is known that the reference count |
| 3326 | // is already incremented, we can similarly ignore possible decrements. |
Dan Gohman | e6d5e88 | 2011-08-19 00:26:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3327 | bool KnownSafeTD = true, KnownSafeBU = true; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3328 | |
| 3329 | // Connect the dots between the top-down-collected RetainsToMove and |
| 3330 | // bottom-up-collected ReleasesToMove to form sets of related calls. |
| 3331 | // This is an iterative process so that we connect multiple releases |
| 3332 | // to multiple retains if needed. |
| 3333 | unsigned OldDelta = 0; |
| 3334 | unsigned NewDelta = 0; |
| 3335 | unsigned OldCount = 0; |
| 3336 | unsigned NewCount = 0; |
| 3337 | bool FirstRelease = true; |
| 3338 | bool FirstRetain = true; |
| 3339 | NewRetains.push_back(Retain); |
| 3340 | for (;;) { |
| 3341 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *>::const_iterator |
| 3342 | NI = NewRetains.begin(), NE = NewRetains.end(); NI != NE; ++NI) { |
| 3343 | Instruction *NewRetain = *NI; |
| 3344 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo>::const_iterator It = Retains.find(NewRetain); |
| 3345 | assert(It != Retains.end()); |
| 3346 | const RRInfo &NewRetainRRI = It->second; |
Dan Gohman | e6d5e88 | 2011-08-19 00:26:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 | KnownSafeTD &= NewRetainRRI.KnownSafe; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3348 | for (SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>::const_iterator |
| 3349 | LI = NewRetainRRI.Calls.begin(), |
| 3350 | LE = NewRetainRRI.Calls.end(); LI != LE; ++LI) { |
| 3351 | Instruction *NewRetainRelease = *LI; |
| 3352 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo>::const_iterator Jt = |
| 3353 | Releases.find(NewRetainRelease); |
| 3354 | if (Jt == Releases.end()) |
| 3355 | goto next_retain; |
| 3356 | const RRInfo &NewRetainReleaseRRI = Jt->second; |
| 3357 | assert(NewRetainReleaseRRI.Calls.count(NewRetain)); |
| 3358 | if (ReleasesToMove.Calls.insert(NewRetainRelease)) { |
| 3359 | OldDelta -= |
| 3360 | BBStates[NewRetainRelease->getParent()].GetAllPathCount(); |
| 3361 | |
| 3362 | // Merge the ReleaseMetadata and IsTailCallRelease values. |
| 3363 | if (FirstRelease) { |
| 3364 | ReleasesToMove.ReleaseMetadata = |
| 3365 | NewRetainReleaseRRI.ReleaseMetadata; |
| 3366 | ReleasesToMove.IsTailCallRelease = |
| 3367 | NewRetainReleaseRRI.IsTailCallRelease; |
| 3368 | FirstRelease = false; |
| 3369 | } else { |
| 3370 | if (ReleasesToMove.ReleaseMetadata != |
| 3371 | NewRetainReleaseRRI.ReleaseMetadata) |
| 3372 | ReleasesToMove.ReleaseMetadata = 0; |
| 3373 | if (ReleasesToMove.IsTailCallRelease != |
| 3374 | NewRetainReleaseRRI.IsTailCallRelease) |
| 3375 | ReleasesToMove.IsTailCallRelease = false; |
| 3376 | } |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | // Collect the optimal insertion points. |
| 3379 | if (!KnownSafe) |
| 3380 | for (SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>::const_iterator |
| 3381 | RI = NewRetainReleaseRRI.ReverseInsertPts.begin(), |
| 3382 | RE = NewRetainReleaseRRI.ReverseInsertPts.end(); |
| 3383 | RI != RE; ++RI) { |
| 3384 | Instruction *RIP = *RI; |
| 3385 | if (ReleasesToMove.ReverseInsertPts.insert(RIP)) |
| 3386 | NewDelta -= BBStates[RIP->getParent()].GetAllPathCount(); |
| 3387 | } |
| 3388 | NewReleases.push_back(NewRetainRelease); |
| 3389 | } |
| 3390 | } |
| 3391 | } |
| 3392 | NewRetains.clear(); |
| 3393 | if (NewReleases.empty()) break; |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | // Back the other way. |
| 3396 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *>::const_iterator |
| 3397 | NI = NewReleases.begin(), NE = NewReleases.end(); NI != NE; ++NI) { |
| 3398 | Instruction *NewRelease = *NI; |
| 3399 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo>::const_iterator It = |
| 3400 | Releases.find(NewRelease); |
| 3401 | assert(It != Releases.end()); |
| 3402 | const RRInfo &NewReleaseRRI = It->second; |
Dan Gohman | e6d5e88 | 2011-08-19 00:26:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3403 | KnownSafeBU &= NewReleaseRRI.KnownSafe; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 | for (SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>::const_iterator |
| 3405 | LI = NewReleaseRRI.Calls.begin(), |
| 3406 | LE = NewReleaseRRI.Calls.end(); LI != LE; ++LI) { |
| 3407 | Instruction *NewReleaseRetain = *LI; |
| 3408 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo>::const_iterator Jt = |
| 3409 | Retains.find(NewReleaseRetain); |
| 3410 | if (Jt == Retains.end()) |
| 3411 | goto next_retain; |
| 3412 | const RRInfo &NewReleaseRetainRRI = Jt->second; |
| 3413 | assert(NewReleaseRetainRRI.Calls.count(NewRelease)); |
| 3414 | if (RetainsToMove.Calls.insert(NewReleaseRetain)) { |
| 3415 | unsigned PathCount = |
| 3416 | BBStates[NewReleaseRetain->getParent()].GetAllPathCount(); |
| 3417 | OldDelta += PathCount; |
| 3418 | OldCount += PathCount; |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | // Merge the IsRetainBlock values. |
| 3421 | if (FirstRetain) { |
| 3422 | RetainsToMove.IsRetainBlock = NewReleaseRetainRRI.IsRetainBlock; |
| 3423 | FirstRetain = false; |
| 3424 | } else if (ReleasesToMove.IsRetainBlock != |
| 3425 | NewReleaseRetainRRI.IsRetainBlock) |
| 3426 | // It's not possible to merge the sequences if one uses |
| 3427 | // objc_retain and the other uses objc_retainBlock. |
| 3428 | goto next_retain; |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | // Collect the optimal insertion points. |
| 3431 | if (!KnownSafe) |
| 3432 | for (SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>::const_iterator |
| 3433 | RI = NewReleaseRetainRRI.ReverseInsertPts.begin(), |
| 3434 | RE = NewReleaseRetainRRI.ReverseInsertPts.end(); |
| 3435 | RI != RE; ++RI) { |
| 3436 | Instruction *RIP = *RI; |
| 3437 | if (RetainsToMove.ReverseInsertPts.insert(RIP)) { |
| 3438 | PathCount = BBStates[RIP->getParent()].GetAllPathCount(); |
| 3439 | NewDelta += PathCount; |
| 3440 | NewCount += PathCount; |
| 3441 | } |
| 3442 | } |
| 3443 | NewRetains.push_back(NewReleaseRetain); |
| 3444 | } |
| 3445 | } |
| 3446 | } |
| 3447 | NewReleases.clear(); |
| 3448 | if (NewRetains.empty()) break; |
| 3449 | } |
| 3450 | |
Dan Gohman | e6d5e88 | 2011-08-19 00:26:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3451 | // If the pointer is known incremented or nested, we can safely delete the |
| 3452 | // pair regardless of what's between them. |
| 3453 | if (KnownSafeTD || KnownSafeBU) { |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3454 | RetainsToMove.ReverseInsertPts.clear(); |
| 3455 | ReleasesToMove.ReverseInsertPts.clear(); |
| 3456 | NewCount = 0; |
Dan Gohman | a7f7db2 | 2011-08-12 00:26:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3457 | } else { |
| 3458 | // Determine whether the new insertion points we computed preserve the |
| 3459 | // balance of retain and release calls through the program. |
| 3460 | // TODO: If the fully aggressive solution isn't valid, try to find a |
| 3461 | // less aggressive solution which is. |
| 3462 | if (NewDelta != 0) |
| 3463 | goto next_retain; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | } |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | // Determine whether the original call points are balanced in the retain and |
| 3467 | // release calls through the program. If not, conservatively don't touch |
| 3468 | // them. |
| 3469 | // TODO: It's theoretically possible to do code motion in this case, as |
| 3470 | // long as the existing imbalances are maintained. |
| 3471 | if (OldDelta != 0) |
| 3472 | goto next_retain; |
| 3473 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3474 | // Ok, everything checks out and we're all set. Let's move some code! |
| 3475 | Changed = true; |
Dan Gohman | eeeb775 | 2012-04-24 22:53:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3476 | assert(OldCount != 0 && "Unreachable code?"); |
| 3477 | AnyPairsCompletelyEliminated = NewCount == 0; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3478 | NumRRs += OldCount - NewCount; |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 | MoveCalls(Arg, RetainsToMove, ReleasesToMove, |
| 3480 | Retains, Releases, DeadInsts, M); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3481 | |
| 3482 | next_retain: |
| 3483 | NewReleases.clear(); |
| 3484 | NewRetains.clear(); |
| 3485 | RetainsToMove.clear(); |
| 3486 | ReleasesToMove.clear(); |
| 3487 | } |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | // Now that we're done moving everything, we can delete the newly dead |
| 3490 | // instructions, as we no longer need them as insert points. |
| 3491 | while (!DeadInsts.empty()) |
| 3492 | EraseInstruction(DeadInsts.pop_back_val()); |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 | return AnyPairsCompletelyEliminated; |
| 3495 | } |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | /// OptimizeWeakCalls - Weak pointer optimizations. |
| 3498 | void ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeWeakCalls(Function &F) { |
| 3499 | // First, do memdep-style RLE and S2L optimizations. We can't use memdep |
| 3500 | // itself because it uses AliasAnalysis and we need to do provenance |
| 3501 | // queries instead. |
| 3502 | for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(&F), E = inst_end(&F); I != E; ) { |
| 3503 | Instruction *Inst = &*I++; |
Michael Gottesman | 8f22c8b | 2013-01-01 16:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3504 | |
Michael Gottesman | 5c0ae47 | 2013-01-04 21:29:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3505 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeWeakCalls: Visiting: " << *Inst << |
Michael Gottesman | 8f22c8b | 2013-01-01 16:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3506 | "\n"); |
| 3507 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3508 | InstructionClass Class = GetBasicInstructionClass(Inst); |
| 3509 | if (Class != IC_LoadWeak && Class != IC_LoadWeakRetained) |
| 3510 | continue; |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 | // Delete objc_loadWeak calls with no users. |
| 3513 | if (Class == IC_LoadWeak && Inst->use_empty()) { |
| 3514 | Inst->eraseFromParent(); |
| 3515 | continue; |
| 3516 | } |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | // TODO: For now, just look for an earlier available version of this value |
| 3519 | // within the same block. Theoretically, we could do memdep-style non-local |
| 3520 | // analysis too, but that would want caching. A better approach would be to |
| 3521 | // use the technique that EarlyCSE uses. |
| 3522 | inst_iterator Current = llvm::prior(I); |
| 3523 | BasicBlock *CurrentBB = Current.getBasicBlockIterator(); |
| 3524 | for (BasicBlock::iterator B = CurrentBB->begin(), |
| 3525 | J = Current.getInstructionIterator(); |
| 3526 | J != B; --J) { |
| 3527 | Instruction *EarlierInst = &*llvm::prior(J); |
| 3528 | InstructionClass EarlierClass = GetInstructionClass(EarlierInst); |
| 3529 | switch (EarlierClass) { |
| 3530 | case IC_LoadWeak: |
| 3531 | case IC_LoadWeakRetained: { |
| 3532 | // If this is loading from the same pointer, replace this load's value |
| 3533 | // with that one. |
| 3534 | CallInst *Call = cast<CallInst>(Inst); |
| 3535 | CallInst *EarlierCall = cast<CallInst>(EarlierInst); |
| 3536 | Value *Arg = Call->getArgOperand(0); |
| 3537 | Value *EarlierArg = EarlierCall->getArgOperand(0); |
| 3538 | switch (PA.getAA()->alias(Arg, EarlierArg)) { |
| 3539 | case AliasAnalysis::MustAlias: |
| 3540 | Changed = true; |
| 3541 | // If the load has a builtin retain, insert a plain retain for it. |
| 3542 | if (Class == IC_LoadWeakRetained) { |
| 3543 | CallInst *CI = |
| 3544 | CallInst::Create(getRetainCallee(F.getParent()), EarlierCall, |
| 3545 | "", Call); |
| 3546 | CI->setTailCall(); |
| 3547 | } |
| 3548 | // Zap the fully redundant load. |
| 3549 | Call->replaceAllUsesWith(EarlierCall); |
| 3550 | Call->eraseFromParent(); |
| 3551 | goto clobbered; |
| 3552 | case AliasAnalysis::MayAlias: |
| 3553 | case AliasAnalysis::PartialAlias: |
| 3554 | goto clobbered; |
| 3555 | case AliasAnalysis::NoAlias: |
| 3556 | break; |
| 3557 | } |
| 3558 | break; |
| 3559 | } |
| 3560 | case IC_StoreWeak: |
| 3561 | case IC_InitWeak: { |
| 3562 | // If this is storing to the same pointer and has the same size etc. |
| 3563 | // replace this load's value with the stored value. |
| 3564 | CallInst *Call = cast<CallInst>(Inst); |
| 3565 | CallInst *EarlierCall = cast<CallInst>(EarlierInst); |
| 3566 | Value *Arg = Call->getArgOperand(0); |
| 3567 | Value *EarlierArg = EarlierCall->getArgOperand(0); |
| 3568 | switch (PA.getAA()->alias(Arg, EarlierArg)) { |
| 3569 | case AliasAnalysis::MustAlias: |
| 3570 | Changed = true; |
| 3571 | // If the load has a builtin retain, insert a plain retain for it. |
| 3572 | if (Class == IC_LoadWeakRetained) { |
| 3573 | CallInst *CI = |
| 3574 | CallInst::Create(getRetainCallee(F.getParent()), EarlierCall, |
| 3575 | "", Call); |
| 3576 | CI->setTailCall(); |
| 3577 | } |
| 3578 | // Zap the fully redundant load. |
| 3579 | Call->replaceAllUsesWith(EarlierCall->getArgOperand(1)); |
| 3580 | Call->eraseFromParent(); |
| 3581 | goto clobbered; |
| 3582 | case AliasAnalysis::MayAlias: |
| 3583 | case AliasAnalysis::PartialAlias: |
| 3584 | goto clobbered; |
| 3585 | case AliasAnalysis::NoAlias: |
| 3586 | break; |
| 3587 | } |
| 3588 | break; |
| 3589 | } |
| 3590 | case IC_MoveWeak: |
| 3591 | case IC_CopyWeak: |
| 3592 | // TOOD: Grab the copied value. |
| 3593 | goto clobbered; |
| 3594 | case IC_AutoreleasepoolPush: |
| 3595 | case IC_None: |
| 3596 | case IC_User: |
| 3597 | // Weak pointers are only modified through the weak entry points |
| 3598 | // (and arbitrary calls, which could call the weak entry points). |
| 3599 | break; |
| 3600 | default: |
| 3601 | // Anything else could modify the weak pointer. |
| 3602 | goto clobbered; |
| 3603 | } |
| 3604 | } |
| 3605 | clobbered:; |
| 3606 | } |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | // Then, for each destroyWeak with an alloca operand, check to see if |
| 3609 | // the alloca and all its users can be zapped. |
| 3610 | for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(&F), E = inst_end(&F); I != E; ) { |
| 3611 | Instruction *Inst = &*I++; |
| 3612 | InstructionClass Class = GetBasicInstructionClass(Inst); |
| 3613 | if (Class != IC_DestroyWeak) |
| 3614 | continue; |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 | CallInst *Call = cast<CallInst>(Inst); |
| 3617 | Value *Arg = Call->getArgOperand(0); |
| 3618 | if (AllocaInst *Alloca = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Arg)) { |
| 3619 | for (Value::use_iterator UI = Alloca->use_begin(), |
| 3620 | UE = Alloca->use_end(); UI != UE; ++UI) { |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3621 | const Instruction *UserInst = cast<Instruction>(*UI); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3622 | switch (GetBasicInstructionClass(UserInst)) { |
| 3623 | case IC_InitWeak: |
| 3624 | case IC_StoreWeak: |
| 3625 | case IC_DestroyWeak: |
| 3626 | continue; |
| 3627 | default: |
| 3628 | goto done; |
| 3629 | } |
| 3630 | } |
| 3631 | Changed = true; |
| 3632 | for (Value::use_iterator UI = Alloca->use_begin(), |
| 3633 | UE = Alloca->use_end(); UI != UE; ) { |
| 3634 | CallInst *UserInst = cast<CallInst>(*UI++); |
Dan Gohman | ce5d8b0 | 2012-05-18 22:17:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | switch (GetBasicInstructionClass(UserInst)) { |
| 3636 | case IC_InitWeak: |
| 3637 | case IC_StoreWeak: |
| 3638 | // These functions return their second argument. |
| 3639 | UserInst->replaceAllUsesWith(UserInst->getArgOperand(1)); |
| 3640 | break; |
| 3641 | case IC_DestroyWeak: |
| 3642 | // No return value. |
| 3643 | break; |
| 3644 | default: |
Dan Gohman | 4c8f909 | 2012-05-21 17:41:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3645 | llvm_unreachable("alloca really is used!"); |
Dan Gohman | ce5d8b0 | 2012-05-18 22:17:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3646 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3647 | UserInst->eraseFromParent(); |
| 3648 | } |
| 3649 | Alloca->eraseFromParent(); |
| 3650 | done:; |
| 3651 | } |
| 3652 | } |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3653 | |
Michael Gottesman | 5c0ae47 | 2013-01-04 21:29:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3654 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeWeakCalls: Finished List.\n\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3655 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3656 | } |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | /// OptimizeSequences - Identify program paths which execute sequences of |
| 3659 | /// retains and releases which can be eliminated. |
| 3660 | bool ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeSequences(Function &F) { |
| 3661 | /// Releases, Retains - These are used to store the results of the main flow |
| 3662 | /// analysis. These use Value* as the key instead of Instruction* so that the |
| 3663 | /// map stays valid when we get around to rewriting code and calls get |
| 3664 | /// replaced by arguments. |
| 3665 | DenseMap<Value *, RRInfo> Releases; |
| 3666 | MapVector<Value *, RRInfo> Retains; |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 | /// BBStates, This is used during the traversal of the function to track the |
| 3669 | /// states for each identified object at each block. |
| 3670 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> BBStates; |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | // Analyze the CFG of the function, and all instructions. |
| 3673 | bool NestingDetected = Visit(F, BBStates, Retains, Releases); |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | // Transform. |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3676 | return PerformCodePlacement(BBStates, Retains, Releases, F.getParent()) && |
| 3677 | NestingDetected; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3678 | } |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | /// OptimizeReturns - Look for this pattern: |
Dmitri Gribenko | c5252da | 2012-09-14 14:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3681 | /// \code |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3682 | /// %call = call i8* @something(...) |
| 3683 | /// %2 = call i8* @objc_retain(i8* %call) |
| 3684 | /// %3 = call i8* @objc_autorelease(i8* %2) |
| 3685 | /// ret i8* %3 |
Dmitri Gribenko | c5252da | 2012-09-14 14:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3686 | /// \endcode |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3687 | /// And delete the retain and autorelease. |
| 3688 | /// |
| 3689 | /// Otherwise if it's just this: |
Dmitri Gribenko | c5252da | 2012-09-14 14:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3690 | /// \code |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3691 | /// %3 = call i8* @objc_autorelease(i8* %2) |
| 3692 | /// ret i8* %3 |
Dmitri Gribenko | c5252da | 2012-09-14 14:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3693 | /// \endcode |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3694 | /// convert the autorelease to autoreleaseRV. |
| 3695 | void ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeReturns(Function &F) { |
| 3696 | if (!F.getReturnType()->isPointerTy()) |
| 3697 | return; |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> DependingInstructions; |
| 3700 | SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 4> Visited; |
| 3701 | for (Function::iterator FI = F.begin(), FE = F.end(); FI != FE; ++FI) { |
| 3702 | BasicBlock *BB = FI; |
| 3703 | ReturnInst *Ret = dyn_cast<ReturnInst>(&BB->back()); |
Michael Gottesman | 8f22c8b | 2013-01-01 16:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3704 | |
Michael Gottesman | 5c0ae47 | 2013-01-04 21:29:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3705 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeReturns: Visiting: " << *Ret << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 8f22c8b | 2013-01-01 16:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3706 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3707 | if (!Ret) continue; |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | const Value *Arg = StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(Ret->getOperand(0)); |
| 3710 | FindDependencies(NeedsPositiveRetainCount, Arg, |
| 3711 | BB, Ret, DependingInstructions, Visited, PA); |
| 3712 | if (DependingInstructions.size() != 1) |
| 3713 | goto next_block; |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 | { |
| 3716 | CallInst *Autorelease = |
| 3717 | dyn_cast_or_null<CallInst>(*DependingInstructions.begin()); |
| 3718 | if (!Autorelease) |
| 3719 | goto next_block; |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3720 | InstructionClass AutoreleaseClass = GetBasicInstructionClass(Autorelease); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 | if (!IsAutorelease(AutoreleaseClass)) |
| 3722 | goto next_block; |
| 3723 | if (GetObjCArg(Autorelease) != Arg) |
| 3724 | goto next_block; |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 | DependingInstructions.clear(); |
| 3727 | Visited.clear(); |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | // Check that there is nothing that can affect the reference |
| 3730 | // count between the autorelease and the retain. |
| 3731 | FindDependencies(CanChangeRetainCount, Arg, |
| 3732 | BB, Autorelease, DependingInstructions, Visited, PA); |
| 3733 | if (DependingInstructions.size() != 1) |
| 3734 | goto next_block; |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 | { |
| 3737 | CallInst *Retain = |
| 3738 | dyn_cast_or_null<CallInst>(*DependingInstructions.begin()); |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 | // Check that we found a retain with the same argument. |
| 3741 | if (!Retain || |
| 3742 | !IsRetain(GetBasicInstructionClass(Retain)) || |
| 3743 | GetObjCArg(Retain) != Arg) |
| 3744 | goto next_block; |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | DependingInstructions.clear(); |
| 3747 | Visited.clear(); |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 | // Convert the autorelease to an autoreleaseRV, since it's |
| 3750 | // returning the value. |
| 3751 | if (AutoreleaseClass == IC_Autorelease) { |
Michael Gottesman | 5dc3001 | 2013-01-10 02:03:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3752 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeReturns: Converting autorelease " |
| 3753 | "=> autoreleaseRV since it's returning a value.\n" |
| 3754 | " In: " << *Autorelease |
| 3755 | << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3756 | Autorelease->setCalledFunction(getAutoreleaseRVCallee(F.getParent())); |
Michael Gottesman | 5dc3001 | 2013-01-10 02:03:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3757 | DEBUG(dbgs() << " Out: " << *Autorelease |
| 3758 | << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3759 | AutoreleaseClass = IC_AutoreleaseRV; |
| 3760 | } |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | // Check that there is nothing that can affect the reference |
| 3763 | // count between the retain and the call. |
Dan Gohman | 27e0666 | 2011-09-29 22:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3764 | // Note that Retain need not be in BB. |
| 3765 | FindDependencies(CanChangeRetainCount, Arg, Retain->getParent(), Retain, |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3766 | DependingInstructions, Visited, PA); |
| 3767 | if (DependingInstructions.size() != 1) |
| 3768 | goto next_block; |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | { |
| 3771 | CallInst *Call = |
| 3772 | dyn_cast_or_null<CallInst>(*DependingInstructions.begin()); |
| 3773 | |
| 3774 | // Check that the pointer is the return value of the call. |
| 3775 | if (!Call || Arg != Call) |
| 3776 | goto next_block; |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | // Check that the call is a regular call. |
| 3779 | InstructionClass Class = GetBasicInstructionClass(Call); |
| 3780 | if (Class != IC_CallOrUser && Class != IC_Call) |
| 3781 | goto next_block; |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 | // If so, we can zap the retain and autorelease. |
| 3784 | Changed = true; |
| 3785 | ++NumRets; |
Michael Gottesman | f93109a | 2013-01-07 00:04:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3786 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeReturns: Erasing: " << *Retain |
| 3787 | << "\n Erasing: " |
| 3788 | << *Autorelease << "\n"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3789 | EraseInstruction(Retain); |
| 3790 | EraseInstruction(Autorelease); |
| 3791 | } |
| 3792 | } |
| 3793 | } |
| 3794 | |
| 3795 | next_block: |
| 3796 | DependingInstructions.clear(); |
| 3797 | Visited.clear(); |
| 3798 | } |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3799 | |
Michael Gottesman | 5c0ae47 | 2013-01-04 21:29:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCOpt::OptimizeReturns: Finished List.\n\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3802 | } |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 | bool ObjCARCOpt::doInitialization(Module &M) { |
| 3805 | if (!EnableARCOpts) |
| 3806 | return false; |
| 3807 | |
Dan Gohman | d6bf201 | 2012-04-13 18:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3808 | // If nothing in the Module uses ARC, don't do anything. |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3809 | Run = ModuleHasARC(M); |
| 3810 | if (!Run) |
| 3811 | return false; |
| 3812 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3813 | // Identify the imprecise release metadata kind. |
| 3814 | ImpreciseReleaseMDKind = |
| 3815 | M.getContext().getMDKindID("clang.imprecise_release"); |
Dan Gohman | a974bea | 2011-10-17 22:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 | CopyOnEscapeMDKind = |
| 3817 | M.getContext().getMDKindID("clang.arc.copy_on_escape"); |
Dan Gohman | dbe266b | 2012-02-17 18:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3818 | NoObjCARCExceptionsMDKind = |
| 3819 | M.getContext().getMDKindID("clang.arc.no_objc_arc_exceptions"); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3820 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3821 | // Intuitively, objc_retain and others are nocapture, however in practice |
| 3822 | // they are not, because they return their argument value. And objc_release |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3823 | // calls finalizers which can have arbitrary side effects. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3824 | |
| 3825 | // These are initialized lazily. |
| 3826 | RetainRVCallee = 0; |
| 3827 | AutoreleaseRVCallee = 0; |
| 3828 | ReleaseCallee = 0; |
| 3829 | RetainCallee = 0; |
Dan Gohman | 4428069 | 2011-07-22 22:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3830 | RetainBlockCallee = 0; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3831 | AutoreleaseCallee = 0; |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | return false; |
| 3834 | } |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | bool ObjCARCOpt::runOnFunction(Function &F) { |
| 3837 | if (!EnableARCOpts) |
| 3838 | return false; |
| 3839 | |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3840 | // If nothing in the Module uses ARC, don't do anything. |
| 3841 | if (!Run) |
| 3842 | return false; |
| 3843 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3844 | Changed = false; |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | PA.setAA(&getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>()); |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 | // This pass performs several distinct transformations. As a compile-time aid |
| 3849 | // when compiling code that isn't ObjC, skip these if the relevant ObjC |
| 3850 | // library functions aren't declared. |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | // Preliminary optimizations. This also computs UsedInThisFunction. |
| 3853 | OptimizeIndividualCalls(F); |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 | // Optimizations for weak pointers. |
| 3856 | if (UsedInThisFunction & ((1 << IC_LoadWeak) | |
| 3857 | (1 << IC_LoadWeakRetained) | |
| 3858 | (1 << IC_StoreWeak) | |
| 3859 | (1 << IC_InitWeak) | |
| 3860 | (1 << IC_CopyWeak) | |
| 3861 | (1 << IC_MoveWeak) | |
| 3862 | (1 << IC_DestroyWeak))) |
| 3863 | OptimizeWeakCalls(F); |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | // Optimizations for retain+release pairs. |
| 3866 | if (UsedInThisFunction & ((1 << IC_Retain) | |
| 3867 | (1 << IC_RetainRV) | |
| 3868 | (1 << IC_RetainBlock))) |
| 3869 | if (UsedInThisFunction & (1 << IC_Release)) |
| 3870 | // Run OptimizeSequences until it either stops making changes or |
| 3871 | // no retain+release pair nesting is detected. |
| 3872 | while (OptimizeSequences(F)) {} |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | // Optimizations if objc_autorelease is used. |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3875 | if (UsedInThisFunction & ((1 << IC_Autorelease) | |
| 3876 | (1 << IC_AutoreleaseRV))) |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3877 | OptimizeReturns(F); |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 | return Changed; |
| 3880 | } |
| 3881 | |
| 3882 | void ObjCARCOpt::releaseMemory() { |
| 3883 | PA.clear(); |
| 3884 | } |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3887 | // ARC contraction. |
| 3888 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 | // TODO: ObjCARCContract could insert PHI nodes when uses aren't |
| 3891 | // dominated by single calls. |
| 3892 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3893 | #include "llvm/Analysis/Dominators.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 0b8c9a8 | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3894 | #include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h" |
| 3895 | #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3896 | |
| 3897 | STATISTIC(NumStoreStrongs, "Number objc_storeStrong calls formed"); |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 | namespace { |
| 3900 | /// ObjCARCContract - Late ARC optimizations. These change the IR in a way |
| 3901 | /// that makes it difficult to be analyzed by ObjCARCOpt, so it's run late. |
| 3902 | class ObjCARCContract : public FunctionPass { |
| 3903 | bool Changed; |
| 3904 | AliasAnalysis *AA; |
| 3905 | DominatorTree *DT; |
| 3906 | ProvenanceAnalysis PA; |
| 3907 | |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3908 | /// Run - A flag indicating whether this optimization pass should run. |
| 3909 | bool Run; |
| 3910 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3911 | /// StoreStrongCallee, etc. - Declarations for ObjC runtime |
| 3912 | /// functions, for use in creating calls to them. These are initialized |
| 3913 | /// lazily to avoid cluttering up the Module with unused declarations. |
| 3914 | Constant *StoreStrongCallee, |
| 3915 | *RetainAutoreleaseCallee, *RetainAutoreleaseRVCallee; |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 | /// RetainRVMarker - The inline asm string to insert between calls and |
| 3918 | /// RetainRV calls to make the optimization work on targets which need it. |
| 3919 | const MDString *RetainRVMarker; |
| 3920 | |
Dan Gohman | 0cdece4 | 2012-01-19 19:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3921 | /// StoreStrongCalls - The set of inserted objc_storeStrong calls. If |
| 3922 | /// at the end of walking the function we have found no alloca |
| 3923 | /// instructions, these calls can be marked "tail". |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3924 | SmallPtrSet<CallInst *, 8> StoreStrongCalls; |
Dan Gohman | 0cdece4 | 2012-01-19 19:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3925 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3926 | Constant *getStoreStrongCallee(Module *M); |
| 3927 | Constant *getRetainAutoreleaseCallee(Module *M); |
| 3928 | Constant *getRetainAutoreleaseRVCallee(Module *M); |
| 3929 | |
| 3930 | bool ContractAutorelease(Function &F, Instruction *Autorelease, |
| 3931 | InstructionClass Class, |
| 3932 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> |
| 3933 | &DependingInstructions, |
| 3934 | SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 4> |
| 3935 | &Visited); |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 | void ContractRelease(Instruction *Release, |
| 3938 | inst_iterator &Iter); |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const; |
| 3941 | virtual bool doInitialization(Module &M); |
| 3942 | virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F); |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 | public: |
| 3945 | static char ID; |
| 3946 | ObjCARCContract() : FunctionPass(ID) { |
| 3947 | initializeObjCARCContractPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); |
| 3948 | } |
| 3949 | }; |
| 3950 | } |
| 3951 | |
| 3952 | char ObjCARCContract::ID = 0; |
| 3953 | INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ObjCARCContract, |
| 3954 | "objc-arc-contract", "ObjC ARC contraction", false, false) |
| 3955 | INITIALIZE_AG_DEPENDENCY(AliasAnalysis) |
| 3956 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTree) |
| 3957 | INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ObjCARCContract, |
| 3958 | "objc-arc-contract", "ObjC ARC contraction", false, false) |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | Pass *llvm::createObjCARCContractPass() { |
| 3961 | return new ObjCARCContract(); |
| 3962 | } |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 | void ObjCARCContract::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const { |
| 3965 | AU.addRequired<AliasAnalysis>(); |
| 3966 | AU.addRequired<DominatorTree>(); |
| 3967 | AU.setPreservesCFG(); |
| 3968 | } |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 | Constant *ObjCARCContract::getStoreStrongCallee(Module *M) { |
| 3971 | if (!StoreStrongCallee) { |
| 3972 | LLVMContext &C = M->getContext(); |
Jay Foad | 5fdd6c8 | 2011-07-12 14:06:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3973 | Type *I8X = PointerType::getUnqual(Type::getInt8Ty(C)); |
| 3974 | Type *I8XX = PointerType::getUnqual(I8X); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3975 | Type *Params[] = { I8XX, I8X }; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3976 | |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3977 | AttributeSet Attribute = AttributeSet() |
Bill Wendling | 99faa3b | 2012-12-07 23:16:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3978 | .addAttr(M->getContext(), AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3979 | Attribute::get(C, Attribute::NoUnwind)) |
| 3980 | .addAttr(M->getContext(), 1, Attribute::get(C, Attribute::NoCapture)); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3981 | |
| 3982 | StoreStrongCallee = |
| 3983 | M->getOrInsertFunction( |
| 3984 | "objc_storeStrong", |
| 3985 | FunctionType::get(Type::getVoidTy(C), Params, /*isVarArg=*/false), |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3986 | Attribute); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3987 | } |
| 3988 | return StoreStrongCallee; |
| 3989 | } |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 | Constant *ObjCARCContract::getRetainAutoreleaseCallee(Module *M) { |
| 3992 | if (!RetainAutoreleaseCallee) { |
| 3993 | LLVMContext &C = M->getContext(); |
Jay Foad | 5fdd6c8 | 2011-07-12 14:06:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3994 | Type *I8X = PointerType::getUnqual(Type::getInt8Ty(C)); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3995 | Type *Params[] = { I8X }; |
| 3996 | FunctionType *FTy = FunctionType::get(I8X, Params, /*isVarArg=*/false); |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3997 | AttributeSet Attribute = |
Bill Wendling | 99faa3b | 2012-12-07 23:16:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3998 | AttributeSet().addAttr(M->getContext(), AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3999 | Attribute::get(C, Attribute::NoUnwind)); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4000 | RetainAutoreleaseCallee = |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4001 | M->getOrInsertFunction("objc_retainAutorelease", FTy, Attribute); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4002 | } |
| 4003 | return RetainAutoreleaseCallee; |
| 4004 | } |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | Constant *ObjCARCContract::getRetainAutoreleaseRVCallee(Module *M) { |
| 4007 | if (!RetainAutoreleaseRVCallee) { |
| 4008 | LLVMContext &C = M->getContext(); |
Jay Foad | 5fdd6c8 | 2011-07-12 14:06:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4009 | Type *I8X = PointerType::getUnqual(Type::getInt8Ty(C)); |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4010 | Type *Params[] = { I8X }; |
| 4011 | FunctionType *FTy = FunctionType::get(I8X, Params, /*isVarArg=*/false); |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4012 | AttributeSet Attribute = |
Bill Wendling | 99faa3b | 2012-12-07 23:16:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4013 | AttributeSet().addAttr(M->getContext(), AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4014 | Attribute::get(C, Attribute::NoUnwind)); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4015 | RetainAutoreleaseRVCallee = |
| 4016 | M->getOrInsertFunction("objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue", FTy, |
Bill Wendling | 034b94b | 2012-12-19 07:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4017 | Attribute); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4018 | } |
| 4019 | return RetainAutoreleaseRVCallee; |
| 4020 | } |
| 4021 | |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4022 | /// ContractAutorelease - Merge an autorelease with a retain into a fused call. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4023 | bool |
| 4024 | ObjCARCContract::ContractAutorelease(Function &F, Instruction *Autorelease, |
| 4025 | InstructionClass Class, |
| 4026 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> |
| 4027 | &DependingInstructions, |
| 4028 | SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 4> |
| 4029 | &Visited) { |
| 4030 | const Value *Arg = GetObjCArg(Autorelease); |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 | // Check that there are no instructions between the retain and the autorelease |
| 4033 | // (such as an autorelease_pop) which may change the count. |
| 4034 | CallInst *Retain = 0; |
| 4035 | if (Class == IC_AutoreleaseRV) |
| 4036 | FindDependencies(RetainAutoreleaseRVDep, Arg, |
| 4037 | Autorelease->getParent(), Autorelease, |
| 4038 | DependingInstructions, Visited, PA); |
| 4039 | else |
| 4040 | FindDependencies(RetainAutoreleaseDep, Arg, |
| 4041 | Autorelease->getParent(), Autorelease, |
| 4042 | DependingInstructions, Visited, PA); |
| 4043 | |
| 4044 | Visited.clear(); |
| 4045 | if (DependingInstructions.size() != 1) { |
| 4046 | DependingInstructions.clear(); |
| 4047 | return false; |
| 4048 | } |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | Retain = dyn_cast_or_null<CallInst>(*DependingInstructions.begin()); |
| 4051 | DependingInstructions.clear(); |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | if (!Retain || |
| 4054 | GetBasicInstructionClass(Retain) != IC_Retain || |
| 4055 | GetObjCArg(Retain) != Arg) |
| 4056 | return false; |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | Changed = true; |
| 4059 | ++NumPeeps; |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4060 | |
Michael Gottesman | 916d52a | 2013-01-07 00:31:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4061 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCContract::ContractAutorelease: Fusing " |
| 4062 | "retain/autorelease. Erasing: " << *Autorelease << "\n" |
| 4063 | " Old Retain: " |
| 4064 | << *Retain << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4065 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4066 | if (Class == IC_AutoreleaseRV) |
| 4067 | Retain->setCalledFunction(getRetainAutoreleaseRVCallee(F.getParent())); |
| 4068 | else |
| 4069 | Retain->setCalledFunction(getRetainAutoreleaseCallee(F.getParent())); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4070 | |
Michael Gottesman | 916d52a | 2013-01-07 00:31:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 | DEBUG(dbgs() << " New Retain: " |
| 4072 | << *Retain << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4073 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4074 | EraseInstruction(Autorelease); |
| 4075 | return true; |
| 4076 | } |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 | /// ContractRelease - Attempt to merge an objc_release with a store, load, and |
| 4079 | /// objc_retain to form an objc_storeStrong. This can be a little tricky because |
| 4080 | /// the instructions don't always appear in order, and there may be unrelated |
| 4081 | /// intervening instructions. |
| 4082 | void ObjCARCContract::ContractRelease(Instruction *Release, |
| 4083 | inst_iterator &Iter) { |
| 4084 | LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(GetObjCArg(Release)); |
Eli Friedman | 2bc3d52 | 2011-09-12 20:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4085 | if (!Load || !Load->isSimple()) return; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4086 | |
| 4087 | // For now, require everything to be in one basic block. |
| 4088 | BasicBlock *BB = Release->getParent(); |
| 4089 | if (Load->getParent() != BB) return; |
| 4090 | |
Dan Gohman | 4670dac | 2012-05-08 23:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4091 | // Walk down to find the store and the release, which may be in either order. |
Dan Gohman | 95b8cf1 | 2012-05-09 23:08:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4092 | BasicBlock::iterator I = Load, End = BB->end(); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4093 | ++I; |
| 4094 | AliasAnalysis::Location Loc = AA->getLocation(Load); |
Dan Gohman | 4670dac | 2012-05-08 23:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4095 | StoreInst *Store = 0; |
| 4096 | bool SawRelease = false; |
| 4097 | for (; !Store || !SawRelease; ++I) { |
Dan Gohman | 95b8cf1 | 2012-05-09 23:08:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4098 | if (I == End) |
| 4099 | return; |
| 4100 | |
Dan Gohman | 4670dac | 2012-05-08 23:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4101 | Instruction *Inst = I; |
| 4102 | if (Inst == Release) { |
| 4103 | SawRelease = true; |
| 4104 | continue; |
| 4105 | } |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 | InstructionClass Class = GetBasicInstructionClass(Inst); |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 | // Unrelated retains are harmless. |
| 4110 | if (IsRetain(Class)) |
| 4111 | continue; |
| 4112 | |
| 4113 | if (Store) { |
| 4114 | // The store is the point where we're going to put the objc_storeStrong, |
| 4115 | // so make sure there are no uses after it. |
| 4116 | if (CanUse(Inst, Load, PA, Class)) |
| 4117 | return; |
| 4118 | } else if (AA->getModRefInfo(Inst, Loc) & AliasAnalysis::Mod) { |
| 4119 | // We are moving the load down to the store, so check for anything |
| 4120 | // else which writes to the memory between the load and the store. |
| 4121 | Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst); |
| 4122 | if (!Store || !Store->isSimple()) return; |
| 4123 | if (Store->getPointerOperand() != Loc.Ptr) return; |
| 4124 | } |
| 4125 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4126 | |
| 4127 | Value *New = StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(Store->getValueOperand()); |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 | // Walk up to find the retain. |
| 4130 | I = Store; |
| 4131 | BasicBlock::iterator Begin = BB->begin(); |
| 4132 | while (I != Begin && GetBasicInstructionClass(I) != IC_Retain) |
| 4133 | --I; |
| 4134 | Instruction *Retain = I; |
| 4135 | if (GetBasicInstructionClass(Retain) != IC_Retain) return; |
| 4136 | if (GetObjCArg(Retain) != New) return; |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 | Changed = true; |
| 4139 | ++NumStoreStrongs; |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 | LLVMContext &C = Release->getContext(); |
Chris Lattner | db125cf | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4142 | Type *I8X = PointerType::getUnqual(Type::getInt8Ty(C)); |
| 4143 | Type *I8XX = PointerType::getUnqual(I8X); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4144 | |
| 4145 | Value *Args[] = { Load->getPointerOperand(), New }; |
| 4146 | if (Args[0]->getType() != I8XX) |
| 4147 | Args[0] = new BitCastInst(Args[0], I8XX, "", Store); |
| 4148 | if (Args[1]->getType() != I8X) |
| 4149 | Args[1] = new BitCastInst(Args[1], I8X, "", Store); |
| 4150 | CallInst *StoreStrong = |
| 4151 | CallInst::Create(getStoreStrongCallee(BB->getParent()->getParent()), |
Jay Foad | a3efbb1 | 2011-07-15 08:37:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4152 | Args, "", Store); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4153 | StoreStrong->setDoesNotThrow(); |
| 4154 | StoreStrong->setDebugLoc(Store->getDebugLoc()); |
| 4155 | |
Dan Gohman | 0cdece4 | 2012-01-19 19:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4156 | // We can't set the tail flag yet, because we haven't yet determined |
| 4157 | // whether there are any escaping allocas. Remember this call, so that |
| 4158 | // we can set the tail flag once we know it's safe. |
| 4159 | StoreStrongCalls.insert(StoreStrong); |
| 4160 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4161 | if (&*Iter == Store) ++Iter; |
| 4162 | Store->eraseFromParent(); |
| 4163 | Release->eraseFromParent(); |
| 4164 | EraseInstruction(Retain); |
| 4165 | if (Load->use_empty()) |
| 4166 | Load->eraseFromParent(); |
| 4167 | } |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 | bool ObjCARCContract::doInitialization(Module &M) { |
Dan Gohman | d6bf201 | 2012-04-13 18:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4170 | // If nothing in the Module uses ARC, don't do anything. |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4171 | Run = ModuleHasARC(M); |
| 4172 | if (!Run) |
| 4173 | return false; |
| 4174 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4175 | // These are initialized lazily. |
| 4176 | StoreStrongCallee = 0; |
| 4177 | RetainAutoreleaseCallee = 0; |
| 4178 | RetainAutoreleaseRVCallee = 0; |
| 4179 | |
| 4180 | // Initialize RetainRVMarker. |
| 4181 | RetainRVMarker = 0; |
| 4182 | if (NamedMDNode *NMD = |
| 4183 | M.getNamedMetadata("clang.arc.retainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker")) |
| 4184 | if (NMD->getNumOperands() == 1) { |
| 4185 | const MDNode *N = NMD->getOperand(0); |
| 4186 | if (N->getNumOperands() == 1) |
| 4187 | if (const MDString *S = dyn_cast<MDString>(N->getOperand(0))) |
| 4188 | RetainRVMarker = S; |
| 4189 | } |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 | return false; |
| 4192 | } |
| 4193 | |
| 4194 | bool ObjCARCContract::runOnFunction(Function &F) { |
| 4195 | if (!EnableARCOpts) |
| 4196 | return false; |
| 4197 | |
Dan Gohman | c4bcd4d | 2011-06-20 23:20:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4198 | // If nothing in the Module uses ARC, don't do anything. |
| 4199 | if (!Run) |
| 4200 | return false; |
| 4201 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4202 | Changed = false; |
| 4203 | AA = &getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>(); |
| 4204 | DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTree>(); |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 | PA.setAA(&getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>()); |
| 4207 | |
Dan Gohman | 0cdece4 | 2012-01-19 19:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4208 | // Track whether it's ok to mark objc_storeStrong calls with the "tail" |
| 4209 | // keyword. Be conservative if the function has variadic arguments. |
| 4210 | // It seems that functions which "return twice" are also unsafe for the |
| 4211 | // "tail" argument, because they are setjmp, which could need to |
| 4212 | // return to an earlier stack state. |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4213 | bool TailOkForStoreStrongs = !F.isVarArg() && |
| 4214 | !F.callsFunctionThatReturnsTwice(); |
Dan Gohman | 0cdece4 | 2012-01-19 19:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4215 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4216 | // For ObjC library calls which return their argument, replace uses of the |
| 4217 | // argument with uses of the call return value, if it dominates the use. This |
| 4218 | // reduces register pressure. |
| 4219 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> DependingInstructions; |
| 4220 | SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 4> Visited; |
| 4221 | for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(&F), E = inst_end(&F); I != E; ) { |
| 4222 | Instruction *Inst = &*I++; |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4223 | |
Michael Gottesman | 8f22c8b | 2013-01-01 16:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4224 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCContract: Visiting: " << *Inst << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4225 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4226 | // Only these library routines return their argument. In particular, |
| 4227 | // objc_retainBlock does not necessarily return its argument. |
| 4228 | InstructionClass Class = GetBasicInstructionClass(Inst); |
| 4229 | switch (Class) { |
| 4230 | case IC_Retain: |
| 4231 | case IC_FusedRetainAutorelease: |
| 4232 | case IC_FusedRetainAutoreleaseRV: |
| 4233 | break; |
| 4234 | case IC_Autorelease: |
| 4235 | case IC_AutoreleaseRV: |
| 4236 | if (ContractAutorelease(F, Inst, Class, DependingInstructions, Visited)) |
| 4237 | continue; |
| 4238 | break; |
| 4239 | case IC_RetainRV: { |
| 4240 | // If we're compiling for a target which needs a special inline-asm |
| 4241 | // marker to do the retainAutoreleasedReturnValue optimization, |
| 4242 | // insert it now. |
| 4243 | if (!RetainRVMarker) |
| 4244 | break; |
| 4245 | BasicBlock::iterator BBI = Inst; |
Dan Gohman | 58fb340 | 2012-06-25 19:47:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4246 | BasicBlock *InstParent = Inst->getParent(); |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | // Step up to see if the call immediately precedes the RetainRV call. |
| 4249 | // If it's an invoke, we have to cross a block boundary. And we have |
| 4250 | // to carefully dodge no-op instructions. |
| 4251 | do { |
| 4252 | if (&*BBI == InstParent->begin()) { |
| 4253 | BasicBlock *Pred = InstParent->getSinglePredecessor(); |
| 4254 | if (!Pred) |
| 4255 | goto decline_rv_optimization; |
| 4256 | BBI = Pred->getTerminator(); |
| 4257 | break; |
| 4258 | } |
| 4259 | --BBI; |
| 4260 | } while (isNoopInstruction(BBI)); |
| 4261 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4262 | if (&*BBI == GetObjCArg(Inst)) { |
Michael Gottesman | 50652cd | 2013-01-03 07:32:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4263 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCContract: Adding inline asm marker for " |
Michael Gottesman | 5c0ae47 | 2013-01-04 21:29:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4264 | "retainAutoreleasedReturnValue optimization.\n"); |
Dan Gohman | d6bf201 | 2012-04-13 18:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4265 | Changed = true; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4266 | InlineAsm *IA = |
| 4267 | InlineAsm::get(FunctionType::get(Type::getVoidTy(Inst->getContext()), |
| 4268 | /*isVarArg=*/false), |
| 4269 | RetainRVMarker->getString(), |
| 4270 | /*Constraints=*/"", /*hasSideEffects=*/true); |
| 4271 | CallInst::Create(IA, "", Inst); |
| 4272 | } |
Dan Gohman | 58fb340 | 2012-06-25 19:47:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4273 | decline_rv_optimization: |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4274 | break; |
| 4275 | } |
| 4276 | case IC_InitWeak: { |
| 4277 | // objc_initWeak(p, null) => *p = null |
| 4278 | CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(Inst); |
| 4279 | if (isNullOrUndef(CI->getArgOperand(1))) { |
| 4280 | Value *Null = |
| 4281 | ConstantPointerNull::get(cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())); |
| 4282 | Changed = true; |
| 4283 | new StoreInst(Null, CI->getArgOperand(0), CI); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4284 | |
Michael Gottesman | 1ebbdcf | 2013-01-03 07:32:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4285 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "OBJCARCContract: Old = " << *CI << "\n" |
| 4286 | << " New = " << *Null << "\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 2f1bfc4 | 2013-01-07 21:26:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4287 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4288 | CI->replaceAllUsesWith(Null); |
| 4289 | CI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 4290 | } |
| 4291 | continue; |
| 4292 | } |
| 4293 | case IC_Release: |
| 4294 | ContractRelease(Inst, I); |
| 4295 | continue; |
Dan Gohman | 0cdece4 | 2012-01-19 19:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4296 | case IC_User: |
| 4297 | // Be conservative if the function has any alloca instructions. |
| 4298 | // Technically we only care about escaping alloca instructions, |
| 4299 | // but this is sufficient to handle some interesting cases. |
| 4300 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(Inst)) |
| 4301 | TailOkForStoreStrongs = false; |
| 4302 | continue; |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4303 | default: |
| 4304 | continue; |
| 4305 | } |
| 4306 | |
Michael Gottesman | ec21e2a | 2013-01-03 08:09:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4307 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjCARCContract: Finished List.\n\n"); |
Michael Gottesman | 8f22c8b | 2013-01-01 16:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4308 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4309 | // Don't use GetObjCArg because we don't want to look through bitcasts |
| 4310 | // and such; to do the replacement, the argument must have type i8*. |
| 4311 | const Value *Arg = cast<CallInst>(Inst)->getArgOperand(0); |
| 4312 | for (;;) { |
| 4313 | // If we're compiling bugpointed code, don't get in trouble. |
| 4314 | if (!isa<Instruction>(Arg) && !isa<Argument>(Arg)) |
| 4315 | break; |
| 4316 | // Look through the uses of the pointer. |
| 4317 | for (Value::const_use_iterator UI = Arg->use_begin(), UE = Arg->use_end(); |
| 4318 | UI != UE; ) { |
| 4319 | Use &U = UI.getUse(); |
| 4320 | unsigned OperandNo = UI.getOperandNo(); |
| 4321 | ++UI; // Increment UI now, because we may unlink its element. |
Dan Gohman | d6bf201 | 2012-04-13 18:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4322 | |
| 4323 | // If the call's return value dominates a use of the call's argument |
| 4324 | // value, rewrite the use to use the return value. We check for |
| 4325 | // reachability here because an unreachable call is considered to |
| 4326 | // trivially dominate itself, which would lead us to rewriting its |
| 4327 | // argument in terms of its return value, which would lead to |
| 4328 | // infinite loops in GetObjCArg. |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4329 | if (DT->isReachableFromEntry(U) && DT->dominates(Inst, U)) { |
Rafael Espindola | 2453dff | 2012-03-15 15:52:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4330 | Changed = true; |
| 4331 | Instruction *Replacement = Inst; |
| 4332 | Type *UseTy = U.get()->getType(); |
Dan Gohman | 6c189ec | 2012-04-13 01:08:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4333 | if (PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U.getUser())) { |
Rafael Espindola | 2453dff | 2012-03-15 15:52:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4334 | // For PHI nodes, insert the bitcast in the predecessor block. |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4335 | unsigned ValNo = PHINode::getIncomingValueNumForOperand(OperandNo); |
| 4336 | BasicBlock *BB = PHI->getIncomingBlock(ValNo); |
Rafael Espindola | 2453dff | 2012-03-15 15:52:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4337 | if (Replacement->getType() != UseTy) |
| 4338 | Replacement = new BitCastInst(Replacement, UseTy, "", |
| 4339 | &BB->back()); |
Dan Gohman | d6bf201 | 2012-04-13 18:57:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4340 | // While we're here, rewrite all edges for this PHI, rather |
| 4341 | // than just one use at a time, to minimize the number of |
| 4342 | // bitcasts we emit. |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4343 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = PHI->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) |
Rafael Espindola | 2453dff | 2012-03-15 15:52:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4344 | if (PHI->getIncomingBlock(i) == BB) { |
| 4345 | // Keep the UI iterator valid. |
| 4346 | if (&PHI->getOperandUse( |
| 4347 | PHINode::getOperandNumForIncomingValue(i)) == |
| 4348 | &UI.getUse()) |
| 4349 | ++UI; |
| 4350 | PHI->setIncomingValue(i, Replacement); |
| 4351 | } |
| 4352 | } else { |
| 4353 | if (Replacement->getType() != UseTy) |
Dan Gohman | 6c189ec | 2012-04-13 01:08:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4354 | Replacement = new BitCastInst(Replacement, UseTy, "", |
| 4355 | cast<Instruction>(U.getUser())); |
Rafael Espindola | 2453dff | 2012-03-15 15:52:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4356 | U.set(Replacement); |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4357 | } |
Rafael Espindola | 2453dff | 2012-03-15 15:52:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4358 | } |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4359 | } |
| 4360 | |
Dan Gohman | 447989c | 2012-04-27 18:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4361 | // If Arg is a no-op casted pointer, strip one level of casts and iterate. |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4362 | if (const BitCastInst *BI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Arg)) |
| 4363 | Arg = BI->getOperand(0); |
| 4364 | else if (isa<GEPOperator>(Arg) && |
| 4365 | cast<GEPOperator>(Arg)->hasAllZeroIndices()) |
| 4366 | Arg = cast<GEPOperator>(Arg)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 4367 | else if (isa<GlobalAlias>(Arg) && |
| 4368 | !cast<GlobalAlias>(Arg)->mayBeOverridden()) |
| 4369 | Arg = cast<GlobalAlias>(Arg)->getAliasee(); |
| 4370 | else |
| 4371 | break; |
| 4372 | } |
| 4373 | } |
| 4374 | |
Dan Gohman | 0cdece4 | 2012-01-19 19:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4375 | // If this function has no escaping allocas or suspicious vararg usage, |
| 4376 | // objc_storeStrong calls can be marked with the "tail" keyword. |
| 4377 | if (TailOkForStoreStrongs) |
Dan Gohman | 0daef3d | 2012-05-08 23:39:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4378 | for (SmallPtrSet<CallInst *, 8>::iterator I = StoreStrongCalls.begin(), |
Dan Gohman | 0cdece4 | 2012-01-19 19:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4379 | E = StoreStrongCalls.end(); I != E; ++I) |
| 4380 | (*I)->setTailCall(); |
| 4381 | StoreStrongCalls.clear(); |
| 4382 | |
John McCall | 9fbd318 | 2011-06-15 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4383 | return Changed; |
| 4384 | } |